[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#383) - wheezy (branch) updated: 0.9.20071204-21-ga01fc3d
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:17:06 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via a01fc3d9b273f10fdf299e3443198d5e9de6ce28 (commit)
from 8ff470d3424f30efe689efec4e4008b4df2d032a (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
debian/README | 4 +-
debian/changelog | 14 +-
debian/control | 7 +-
debian/copyright | 26 +-
documentation/release-manual/README | 4 +-
documentation/release-manual/get_images | 2 +-
documentation/release-manual/get_release-manual | 4 +-
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 1280 ++++++++++----------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 1290 ++++++++++----------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po | 1294 ++++++++++----------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 1306 +++++++++++----------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot | 1247 ++++++++++----------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 83 +-
13 files changed, 3341 insertions(+), 3220 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/debian/README b/debian/README
index 5be6573..941d752 100644
--- a/debian/README
+++ b/debian/README
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Current documentation
---------------------
The release-manual which is developed in a wiki at
-http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ is our new (and still
+http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ is our new (and still
a bit incomplete) documentation for Debian-edu etch. Currently we provide two
versions, a PDF version and a HTML version.
Please contribute!
@@ -68,4 +68,4 @@ prepare building and before building and uploading it to the archive.
Use "debuild" to build the package.
--- Holger Levsen, holger at debian.org, last updated: 2007-11-22
+-- Holger Levsen, holger at debian.org, last updated: 2008-02-02
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
index c177f3c..fab671c 100644
--- a/debian/changelog
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -1,11 +1,17 @@
-debian-edu-doc (0.9.20071223) UNRELEASED; urgency=low
+debian-edu-doc (1.0~20080206) terra; urgency=low
* updated README.translations to specify where to send .po files
* updated German, Bokmål and italian translations thanks to Roland Teichert,
Ludger Sicking, Kai J. G. Hatje, Håvard Korsvoll and Claudio Carboncini.
- * updated release-manual from the wiki
-
- -- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Sat, 19 Jan 2008 18:24:32 +0100
+ * updated release-manual from the wiki at the new location at
+ wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch and updated all scripts and
+ documentation to reflect this
+ * bumped standards version to 3.7.3, no changes requiered
+ * added Vcs-* and Homepage fields to debian/control
+ * correct debian/copyright, the release manual is GPL2 or any later version,
+ added some more authors of the release manual and its translations.
+
+ -- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Wed, 6 Feb 2008 14:47:17 +0100
debian-edu-doc (0.9.20071204) unstable; urgency=low
diff --git a/debian/control b/debian/control
index f88407b..62dbae2 100644
--- a/debian/control
+++ b/debian/control
@@ -5,7 +5,10 @@ Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 5)
Build-Depends-Indep: docbook-utils, poxml, ldp-docbook-xsl, dblatex, po4a, dia | dia-gnome, imagemagick, lyx
Maintainer: Debian Edu Developers <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>
Uploaders: Petter Reinholdtsen <pere at debian.org>, Morten Werner Olsen <werner at debian.org>, Steffen Joeris <white at debian.org>, Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org>
-Standards-Version: 3.7.2
+Standards-Version: 3.7.3
+Homepage: http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
+Vcs-Svn: svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc/
+Vcs-Browser: http://svn.debian.org/wsvn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc/
Package: debian-edu-doc
Section: doc
@@ -13,5 +16,5 @@ Priority: optional
Architecture: all
Description: Documentation from the Debian Edu project
All documentation for the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is supposed to be
- in this package.
+ included in this package.
diff --git a/debian/copyright b/debian/copyright
index 2d56a76..60cba26 100644
--- a/debian/copyright
+++ b/debian/copyright
@@ -10,22 +10,30 @@ found in the file '/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL'.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-The files in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/en/release-manual/ are
-Copyright 2007 by Holger Levsen (holger at debian.org), Patrick Winnertz,
-Ralf Gesellensetter and Roland F. Teichert and is licenced under the
-GNU Public Licence.
+The files in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/en/release-manual/ are Copyright
+2007 by Holger Levsen (holger at debian.org), Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß,
+Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner
+Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodrígues and is licenced under the GNU Public
+Licence version 2 or, at your option, any later version.
The translated version in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/es/release-manual/ is
Copyright 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez <jredrejo at edu.juntaextremadura.net>
-and is licenced under the GNU Public Licence.
+and is licenced under the GNU Public Licence 2 or, at your option, any later
+version.
The translated version in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/nb/release-manual/ is
Copyright 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen <pere at hungry.com> and Håvard Korsvoll
-and is licenced under the GNU Public Licence.
+and is licenced under the GNU Public Licence version 2 or, at your option, any
+later version.
The translated version in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/it/release-manual/ is
Copyright 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is licenced under the GNU Public
-Licence.
+Licence version 2 or, at your option, any later version.
+
+The translated version in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/de/release-manual/ is
+Copyright 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland
+F. Teichert, Jürgen Leibner, Ludger Sicking and Kai Hatje and is licenced under
+the GNU Public Licence version 2 or, at your option, any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -41,8 +49,8 @@ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
-On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be
-found in the file '/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL'.
+On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License
+version 2 can be found in the file '/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-2'.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/README b/documentation/release-manual/README
index 7bd31ab..28e7f7f 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/README
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/README
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ $CC is your language. They will be picked up automatically.
If you spot errors in the english version or see how it could be improve,
please do contribute to the english version too. Just edit the wiki at
-http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ - an user account
+http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ - an user account
is needed to edit these pages, so you will probably need to create a wiki
user first (via the login link).
@@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ If you cannot commit your work to svn directly, please send the .po file to
debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org
--- Holger Levsen, holger at debian.org, last updated: 2007-12-11
+-- Holger Levsen, holger at debian.org, last updated: 2008-02-02
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/get_images b/documentation/release-manual/get_images
index ba29701..dc5abf3 100755
--- a/documentation/release-manual/get_images
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/get_images
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ use strict;
use warnings;
use IO::Dir;
-our $base = "http://wiki.skolelinux.no";
+our $base = "http://wiki.debian.org";
our $imagedir = "./images";
sub create ($) {
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/get_release-manual b/documentation/release-manual/get_release-manual
index 185c469..d9227cc 100755
--- a/documentation/release-manual/get_release-manual
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/get_release-manual
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
-url="http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
name="release-manual.xml"
DEBIAN_EDU_DOC_BUILDDATE=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ for i in `cat id` ; do
sed "s%<para>%\n<para>%g" |
sed "s/\$DEBIAN_EDU_DOC_BUILDDATE/<code>$DEBIAN_EDU_DOC_BUILDDATE<\/code>/" |
sed "s%code>%computeroutput>%g" |
- sed "s%/wiki/rightsidebar/img/%./images/%g" |
+ sed "s%/htdocs/rightsidebar/img/%./images/%g" |
sed "s%</article>%%" |
sed '1,4d' > $TARGET
done
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index 13298c6..3cb9ab0 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
# translation of release-manual.po
# release-manual for debian edu
# Copyright (C) 2007, 2008 Holger Levsen and others
-# Source URL: http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/
+# Source URL: http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/
#
# Holger Levsen <holger at layer-acht.org>, 2007.
# RalfGesellensetter <ralf at skolelinux.de>, 2007.
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-02 1:00+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 10:56+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-03 20:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Roland F.Teichert <rfteichert at imail.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch <de at li.org>\n"
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2471
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-01</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-01-12</computeroutput> in das "
"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
@@ -59,12 +59,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:11
msgid ""
-"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
-"wiki and updated frequently."
+"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a wiki "
+"and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
-"Die Version auf <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/"
-"Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </"
+"Die Version auf <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </"
"ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -1434,8 +1434,8 @@ msgstr ""
"keinen Gedanken machen. Das wird sicher funktionieren. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2210
-#: release-manual.xml:2245 release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2257 release-manual.xml:2326
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Zahlungsweise mitteilen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1867
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -2083,84 +2083,109 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local\n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:577
+msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:579
+msgid ""
+"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </"
+"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the "
+"questions normally asked."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:583
+msgid ""
+"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
+"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD </"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
+#: release-manual.xml:590
msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr "Screenshottour durch eine i386 Hauptserver + Terminalserver Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:581
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:587
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:593
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:599
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:605
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:611
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:617
+#: release-manual.xml:629
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
# doesnt need to be translated, german installation doesnt have a timezone
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr " "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:641
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:635
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:641
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:659
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:653
+#: release-manual.xml:665
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:659
+#: release-manual.xml:671
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:676
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -2169,17 +2194,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Screenshot zu verringern."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:667
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Es geht los"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:690
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
@@ -2189,7 +2214,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ist folgendes: "
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:691
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
@@ -2198,12 +2223,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Homeverzeichnisse mit NFS exportiert werden können)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:680
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid "adding users"
msgstr "Nutzer anlegen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:681
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
@@ -2212,12 +2237,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Terminalserver müssen hinzugefügt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr "Dies ist weiter unten beschrieben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -2228,17 +2253,17 @@ msgstr ""
"die Dinge beschreibt, die jeder wissen und können muss."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:689
+#: release-manual.xml:701
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Dienste des Hauptservers"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -2248,12 +2273,12 @@ msgstr ""
"jeden einzelnen Service."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:714
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Webbasierte Sysemverwaltung mit Lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -2264,27 +2289,27 @@ msgstr ""
"können diese vier Hauptgruppen warten (add, modify, delete):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:717
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Benutzerverwaltung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:718
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Gruppenverwaltung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Automount Informationen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:708
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Maschinenverwaltung"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:723
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
@@ -2295,17 +2320,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Grunde werden sie höchstwahrscheinlich zwei Fehlermeldungen erhalten:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr "Das Zertfikat ist selbst-signiert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:714
+#: release-manual.xml:726
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr "Das Zertifikat wurde für tjener.intern erstellt"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:715
+#: release-manual.xml:727
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
@@ -2314,7 +2339,7 @@ msgstr ""
"einen Monat ist, weil das Zertifikat nur für einen Monat gültig ist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -2330,13 +2355,13 @@ msgstr ""
"aufrufen, ist der Anmeldename:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:731
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:733
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
@@ -2345,12 +2370,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Konto root eingegeben haben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:736
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:729
+#: release-manual.xml:741
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
@@ -2359,12 +2384,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Funktion aus dem Menü wählen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:734
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Benutzerverwaltung mit lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:736
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2380,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Verfügung."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:750
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
@@ -2389,7 +2414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"zu können, wird Ihnen lwat dabei behilflich sein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2401,12 +2426,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sind die obersten vier (in den obersten zwei Gruppen)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:756
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Benutzer hinzufügen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:758
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2430,42 +2455,42 @@ msgstr ""
"herauszufinden. Zur Zeit kennt lwat die folgenden Rollen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Rolle </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:752
+#: release-manual.xml:764
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Berechtigungen </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:757
+#: release-manual.xml:769
msgid "Students"
msgstr "Schüler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:760
+#: release-manual.xml:772
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr "Einloggen und das System benutzen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr "Lehrer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:767
+#: release-manual.xml:779
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr "Analog zu Schülern"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:771
+#: release-manual.xml:783
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr "jrAdmins"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
@@ -2474,12 +2499,12 @@ msgstr ""
"anderen Benutzer ändern (ausser denen von Administratoren)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:778
+#: release-manual.xml:790
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Administratoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:793
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
@@ -2489,7 +2514,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in die Skolelinux Domäne einbinden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:800
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
@@ -2498,7 +2523,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Speichern\" drücken, und der Benutzer wird hinzugefügt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
@@ -2508,12 +2533,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Benutzerkonto verändern."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:793
+#: release-manual.xml:805
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:798
+#: release-manual.xml:810
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
@@ -2523,7 +2548,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(zusätzlich wird das Eingabeformular zurückgesetzt)."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:813
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2537,12 +2562,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:821
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr "Benutzer suchen und löschen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2554,12 +2579,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Um einen Benutzer zu ändern oder zu löschen, muß man ihn zuerst mittels des Suchmenüs finden. Sie finden ein Formular (Searcharea im Bildschirmfoto) wo Sie entweder den Benutzernamen oder der realen Namen eingeben können. Die Suchergebnisse werden unterhalb des Eingabefeldes (als Resultarea im Bild gekennzeichnet) angezeigt. Links von jedem Suchergebnis befindet sich ein Kontrollkästchen wo man den Benutzer auswählen kann den man entweder löschen oder sperren möchte. Wenn Sie die Benutzerdaten ändern wollen, so klicken auf den Namen. Nun öffnet sich ein Fenster, in dem sie alle Nutzerdaten bearbeiten können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:819
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2570,17 +2595,17 @@ msgstr ""
"der Gruppen, zu denen der Benutzer gehört, abändern können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:834
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:843
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gruppenverwaltung mit lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:845
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2589,19 +2614,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Die Verwaltung der Gruppen ist sehr ähnlich der Verwaltung der Benutzer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:835
+#: release-manual.xml:847
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr "Die Gruppen, die im Gruppenmanagement eingetragen werden, sind reguläre Datensätze, die sie für die Dateiübertragung benutzen können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:840
+#: release-manual.xml:852
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Computerverwaltung mit lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:842
+#: release-manual.xml:854
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2612,74 +2637,74 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Mit dem Maschinen Management kann man grundsätzlich alle IP Adressen managen, die sich auf Anwendungen in Ihrem Debia-Edu-Netzwerk beziehen. Jede Maschine die zum LDAP Verzeichnis hinzugefügt wurde, das von LWAT genutzt wird, hat einen Hostname, eine IP-Adresse, eine MAC-Adresse und einen Domainnamen, der üblicherweise \"intern\" lautet. Für ausführlichere Erklärungen über das Debian-Edu-Netzwerk, siehe: <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> ."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:844
+#: release-manual.xml:856
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Maschine hinzufügen, können Sie einen IP/Hostname aus dem vorkonfigurierten Adressraum nutzen. Die folgen IP - Bereiche sind vordefiniert:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:846
+#: release-manual.xml:858
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Erste Adresse </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Letzte Adresse </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:854
+#: release-manual.xml:866
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:865
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:883
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:874
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:889
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:883
+#: release-manual.xml:895
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:898
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:889
+#: release-manual.xml:901
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:898
+#: release-manual.xml:910
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2688,7 +2713,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sind reserviert für dhcp und werden dynamisch vergeben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2697,20 +2722,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Um einen Host mit der MAC-Adresse 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 eine statische IP-Adresse zuzuweisen müssen Sie nur die MAC-Adresse und den Hostnamen static00 eintragen. Die übrigen Felder werden automatisch, gemäß der vordefinierten Konfiguration, ausgefüllt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:915
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:909 release-manual.xml:942 release-manual.xml:978
-#: release-manual.xml:1074 release-manual.xml:1691 release-manual.xml:1798
-#: release-manual.xml:1823 release-manual.xml:1830 release-manual.xml:2163
-#: release-manual.xml:2177 release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1835 release-manual.xml:1842 release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2189 release-manual.xml:2204
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2718,12 +2743,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> Dies konfiguriert nicht den dhcp -Server. Um den Host statisch zu konfigurieren oder die Konfiguration des DHCP-Servers zu verändern, müssen Sie von Hand die nachfolgend dargestellten Änderungen vornehmen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:928
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Zuweisung einer statischen IP-Adresse mit dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:918
+#: release-manual.xml:930
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2735,7 +2760,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> als root ausführen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:934
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2745,7 +2770,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>static00 </emphasis> suchen.. Sie sollten exakt folgenden Eintrag finden:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:938
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2756,14 +2781,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:944
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr "Sie müssen nun die Nullen der eingetragenen MAC Adresse durch die exakten Zahlen der MAC Adresse Ihres statischen Hosts ersetzen. Für unser Beispiel würde das folgendermassen aussehen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2774,31 +2799,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> Vergessen Sie nicht, den dhcp Server wie oben beschrieben, neu zu starten, wann immer Sie die Konfiguration geändert haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:962
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Suchen und Löschen von Rechnern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr "Das Suchen und Löschen von Rechnern ist ebenso einfach, wie das Suchen und Löschen von Benutzern. Deshalb wird das hier nicht wiederholt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr "Bearbeitung eingetragener Rechner / Netgroup - Management"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2806,12 +2831,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Nachdem Sie mit lwat einen Rechner zum ldap Verzeichnis hinzugefügt haben, können Sie die Eigenschaften mit Hilfe der Suchfunktion und durch Klicken des entsprechenden Eintrags bearbeiten. (ebenso, wie Sie es mit den Benutzern geht)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:979
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2819,7 +2844,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Die Vorlage, die hinter den Rechner Links liegt ist einerseits die gleiche, wie Sie es von der Bearbeitung der Benutzer -Einträge her kennen. Andererseits aber meinen die Einträge in diesem Zusammenhang etwas anderes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2831,7 +2856,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> nicht die Rechte eines Rechners (oder der Nutzer die auf diesem Rechner angemeldet sind) in Bezug auf die Berechtigung für Dateien und Programme auf dem Server. Es beschränkt vielmehr die Dienste, die ein Rechner auf Ihrem Hauptserver nutzen kann."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:984
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2851,14 +2876,14 @@ msgstr ""
"and server-hosts <computeroutput>NetGroups </computeroutput> die exportierten NFS Verzeichnisse mounten. Deshalb ist es sehr wichtig diese Art von Rechnern sauber im ldap Verzeichnisbaum mit lwat zu konfigurieren. Und zwar so, dass sie die statischen IP-Adressen von ldap nutzen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:981
+#: release-manual.xml:993
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:983
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2869,12 +2894,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:988
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1002
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2882,12 +2907,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1012
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -2897,7 +2922,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1003
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2905,12 +2930,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1021
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2922,7 +2947,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1013
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2934,12 +2959,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1021
+#: release-manual.xml:1033
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2949,24 +2974,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+#: release-manual.xml:1043
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1035
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1037
+#: release-manual.xml:1049
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2976,14 +3001,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1045
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1047
+#: release-manual.xml:1059
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2991,7 +3016,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -3000,19 +3025,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1067
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -3021,7 +3046,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -3030,45 +3055,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1082
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
+#: release-manual.xml:1089
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1091
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Serverüberwachung (monitoring)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1102
msgid "Munin"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
@@ -3078,7 +3103,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -3092,26 +3117,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1111
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1105
+#: release-manual.xml:1117
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -3120,7 +3145,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1125
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -3130,7 +3155,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1116
+#: release-manual.xml:1128
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -3140,7 +3165,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1134
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -3148,19 +3173,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1141
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
+#: release-manual.xml:1146
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -3168,12 +3193,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
@@ -3183,7 +3208,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -3191,7 +3216,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1162
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3200,7 +3225,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -3211,17 +3236,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1169
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1159
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -3233,12 +3258,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1180
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3246,24 +3271,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -3275,19 +3300,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1194
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3295,7 +3320,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1201
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3304,45 +3329,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3351,14 +3376,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3367,12 +3392,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1219
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3380,12 +3405,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1240
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1230
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3393,7 +3418,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1244
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
@@ -3405,54 +3430,54 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1247
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1254
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1255
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1250
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1251
+#: release-manual.xml:1263
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1255
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3460,59 +3485,59 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1260
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1267
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1268
+#: release-manual.xml:1280
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1269
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1276
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -3521,12 +3546,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1294
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3537,7 +3562,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1289
+#: release-manual.xml:1301
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3547,33 +3572,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3583,7 +3608,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
@@ -3592,7 +3617,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3600,7 +3625,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1325
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3608,18 +3633,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1329
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1318
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3628,60 +3653,60 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1324
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1333
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1335
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1348
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1356
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3691,7 +3716,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1348
+#: release-manual.xml:1360
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3699,7 +3724,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1349
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3709,7 +3734,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1354
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3718,12 +3743,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1372
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1374
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -3733,37 +3758,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"Administration\">allgemeine Administration</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1386
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"Desktop\">den Desktop</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1377
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerkclients</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1380
+#: release-manual.xml:1392
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">Lehren und Lernen</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "HowTos für generelle Administration"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -3772,42 +3797,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1395
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1396
+#: release-manual.xml:1408
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1398
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1411
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1400
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1406
+#: release-manual.xml:1418
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1408
+#: release-manual.xml:1420
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -3818,7 +3843,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1413
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3826,12 +3851,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1416
+#: release-manual.xml:1428
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1417
+#: release-manual.xml:1429
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3843,19 +3868,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1426
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1431
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -3863,12 +3888,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1437
+#: release-manual.xml:1449
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -3876,12 +3901,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1455
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -3889,14 +3914,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1446
+#: release-manual.xml:1458
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1449
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3904,12 +3929,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1452
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1455
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -3917,14 +3942,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1470
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+#: release-manual.xml:1477
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -3932,12 +3957,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1483
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1485
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3945,7 +3970,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3953,19 +3978,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3975,7 +4000,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1501
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3985,7 +4010,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1491
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4000,12 +4025,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1502
+#: release-manual.xml:1514
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -4013,7 +4038,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#: release-manual.xml:1517
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4021,12 +4046,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
@@ -4034,12 +4059,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1528
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1530
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -4047,17 +4072,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1525
+#: release-manual.xml:1537
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1539
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4069,12 +4094,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1533
+#: release-manual.xml:1545
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1535
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4084,7 +4109,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1540
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4092,19 +4117,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4112,7 +4137,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1554
+#: release-manual.xml:1566
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4125,7 +4150,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4134,7 +4159,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1564
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
@@ -4165,12 +4190,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593 release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:1605 release-manual.xml:2122 release-manual.xml:2230
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595 release-manual.xml:2112 release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:1607 release-manual.xml:2124 release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4187,70 +4212,70 @@ msgstr ""
"Beiträge zugestimmt haben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1623
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr "HowTos für den Desktop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1641
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1643
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1645
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1636
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1649
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1642
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -4258,7 +4283,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4269,7 +4294,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4277,12 +4302,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1676
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4290,14 +4315,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4306,19 +4331,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1673
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. You "
@@ -4327,12 +4352,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1698
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4340,7 +4365,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1694 release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:1706 release-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4349,7 +4374,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4357,12 +4382,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1715
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4370,24 +4395,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1727
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4395,12 +4420,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1721
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1723
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4409,7 +4434,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4417,19 +4442,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4437,24 +4462,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1762
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4463,17 +4488,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1774
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4483,7 +4508,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4492,14 +4517,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
+#: release-manual.xml:1782
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4510,19 +4535,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1793
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4531,12 +4556,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1802
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4548,19 +4573,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1806
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4569,22 +4594,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1830
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1832
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -4592,7 +4617,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -4600,110 +4625,110 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1836
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1842
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
+"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1848
+#: release-manual.xml:1860
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1850
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1863
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" * # any host can get a login window\n"
+"* # any host can get a login window\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
+"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
+"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1885
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1889
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4712,21 +4737,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1881
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1885
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4736,12 +4761,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4754,26 +4779,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1901
+#: release-manual.xml:1913
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4787,7 +4812,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4797,12 +4822,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4813,7 +4838,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1914
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4823,12 +4848,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1935
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1925
+#: release-manual.xml:1937
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4837,12 +4862,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1942
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4853,7 +4878,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1946
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4864,7 +4889,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1936
+#: release-manual.xml:1948
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4873,7 +4898,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4884,22 +4909,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944 release-manual.xml:2027
+#: release-manual.xml:1956 release-manual.xml:2039
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:1959
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1949
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4909,56 +4934,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952 release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1964 release-manual.xml:1967
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1953
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1954
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1970
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970 release-manual.xml:2043 release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:1982 release-manual.xml:2055 release-manual.xml:2080
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4969,48 +4994,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:1992
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1990
+#: release-manual.xml:2002
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5018,17 +5043,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2010
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Quellen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2033
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5038,7 +5063,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2029
+#: release-manual.xml:2041
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5047,7 +5072,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2043
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5055,34 +5080,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2033
+#: release-manual.xml:2045
msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2036
+#: release-manual.xml:2048
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:2069
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5090,29 +5115,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2059
+#: release-manual.xml:2071
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2061
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "Die Samba Konfiguration verändern"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5122,7 +5147,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5134,12 +5159,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Remote Desktops mit RDP, VNC, NX oder Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5150,7 +5175,7 @@ msgstr ""
"als auch von Linux aus."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2093
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5160,7 +5185,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2097
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5170,7 +5195,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2112
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5182,7 +5207,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seit 2005 den Zugriff per NX an. Diese empfinden die Lösung als sehr stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5192,17 +5217,17 @@ msgstr ""
"zuzugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTos für Lehren und Lernen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2146
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5211,7 +5236,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root aus um Moodle zu installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2139
+#: release-manual.xml:2151
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5222,12 +5247,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
@@ -5236,12 +5261,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mehr zu Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Schüler kontrollieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
@@ -5250,7 +5275,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Schüler zu beaufsichtigen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5260,12 +5285,12 @@ msgstr ""
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>hier</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2159
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5273,26 +5298,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2180
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5300,12 +5325,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5313,7 +5338,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5326,7 +5351,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2208
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5335,7 +5360,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2223
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5346,22 +5371,22 @@ msgstr ""
"aber interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Helfen sie mit"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Lassen sie uns wissen dass es sie gibt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2239
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5374,7 +5399,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Hilfe."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5392,12 +5417,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> zur Verfügung."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2268
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Lokale Helfer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2270
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5408,7 +5433,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den Niederlanden, Japan und noch an vielen andren Orten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5419,12 +5444,12 @@ msgstr ""
"und <emphasis>Unterstützt </emphasis> zwei Seiten der gleichen Münze sind."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2267
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Globale Helfer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -5434,7 +5459,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mit einem andern Thema."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2284
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5447,7 +5472,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Leben statt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2275
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5458,12 +5483,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-commits'>commit Mailingliste </ulink> einzuschreiben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2293
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Verfasser der Dokumentation und Übersetzer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5476,24 +5501,24 @@ msgstr ""
"uns helfen indem sie den entsprechenden Text um ihr Wissen ergänzen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
-"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and "
-"you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the "
-"pages, you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
-"UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> first."
+"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you "
+"can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, "
+"you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a "
+"wiki user </ulink> first."
msgstr ""
"Die Quellen dieses Textes sind in einem Wiki gespeichert und können mit fast "
"jedem Webbrowser editiert werden. Um mitzuwirken, einfach auf <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki."
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> gehen und einen "
"Useraccount anlegen. Dies können sie unter <ulink url='http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> machen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5505,40 +5530,23 @@ msgstr ""
"findet man im <link linkend=\"Translations\">Übersetzungskapitel</link> "
"dieses Buches. Bitte helfen sie uns dieses Buch zu übersetzen!"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
-msgid ""
-"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
-"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
-"wiki.skolelinux.no because the version of <ulink url='http://www.moinmoin."
-"org'>moinmoin </ulink> on wiki.debian.org does not support exporting the "
-"wiki as <computeroutput>docbook </computeroutput>. Once it is upgraded, we "
-"will move this document over."
-msgstr ""
-"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
-"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> Wir "
-"benutzen wiki.skolelinux.no weil die Version von <ulink url='http://www."
-"moinmoin.org'>moinmoin </ulink> auf wiki.debian.org kein exportieren im "
-"<computeroutput>docbook </computeroutput> Format unterstützt. Sobald das "
-"wiki upgegradet wurde werden die Dokumente dahin verschoben."
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2306
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Support auf Freiwilligenbasis"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "in English"
msgstr "auf Englisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2321
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -5549,7 +5557,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2325
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5559,12 +5567,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Entwicklungsbezogen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "auf Norwegisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -5575,7 +5583,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5588,17 +5596,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Norwegen (FRSIK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2344
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr "#skolelinux auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel für norwegische Nuzter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2350
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid "in German"
msgstr "auf Deutsch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2353
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -5607,7 +5615,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2357
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -5616,19 +5624,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Wiki mit vielen HowTos und ähnlichem."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2360
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel zur Unterstützung deutscher "
"Benutzung"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid "in French"
msgstr "auf Französisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2367
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -5637,12 +5645,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "auf Spanisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -5651,12 +5659,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Das spanische Skolelinuxportal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Professioneller Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2388
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5668,17 +5676,18 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
-"Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguezis "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguez released "
+"under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde von Holger Levsen, Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, "
"Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, Ronny Aasen, Morten "
@@ -5687,7 +5696,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5700,12 +5709,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5714,7 +5723,7 @@ msgstr ""
"und wurde unter der GPL2 oder später lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5724,7 +5733,7 @@ msgstr ""
"späteren Version lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007, 2008 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert, Jürgen Leibner, Ludger "
@@ -5736,7 +5745,7 @@ msgstr ""
"einer späteren Version lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5745,13 +5754,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Carboncini erstell. Sie ist unter der GPL2 oder späteren Versionen "
"lizenziert."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
+msgid "FIXME: update for 2008"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2420
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -5761,12 +5775,12 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen in das norwegische Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5781,7 +5795,7 @@ msgstr ""
"translations </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2432
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5797,7 +5811,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2436
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5809,7 +5823,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> installiert sein muss:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -5818,7 +5832,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2442
+#: release-manual.xml:2445
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5831,7 +5845,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2446
+#: release-manual.xml:2449
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -5841,7 +5855,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste senden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -5851,12 +5865,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Verzeichnis:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5867,23 +5881,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2458
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Bitte melden sie Fehler."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Für Übersetzer: Die GPL muss nicht übersetzt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -5896,7 +5910,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Copyrightkapitel</link> verweisen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2476
+#: release-manual.xml:2479
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5909,7 +5923,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5922,7 +5936,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5933,17 +5947,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2485
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2489
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5956,12 +5970,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2499
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5984,7 +5998,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6001,7 +6015,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6020,7 +6034,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6029,7 +6043,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2506
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6042,7 +6056,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2512
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6053,7 +6067,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2512
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6066,7 +6080,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6091,7 +6105,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6114,7 +6128,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2522
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6127,7 +6141,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6140,7 +6154,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6153,7 +6167,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2532
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6166,7 +6180,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2532
+#: release-manual.xml:2535
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6183,7 +6197,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2535
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6198,7 +6212,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6221,7 +6235,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2545
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6236,7 +6250,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6255,7 +6269,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2550
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6276,7 +6290,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2550
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6295,7 +6309,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2553
+#: release-manual.xml:2556
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6324,7 +6338,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2556
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6335,7 +6349,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6358,7 +6372,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2560
+#: release-manual.xml:2563
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -6367,7 +6381,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6386,7 +6400,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6399,7 +6413,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2571
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6418,7 +6432,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2573
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6439,12 +6453,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2573
+#: release-manual.xml:2576
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2579
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6467,7 +6481,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6490,42 +6504,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2591
+#: release-manual.xml:2594
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Anhang B - Über Debian Edu Live CDs/DVDs"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Features des \"Standalone\" Images"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2596
+#: release-manual.xml:2599
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Fast alle Pakete des \"Standalone\" Profils"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle Pakete des Laptoptasks"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Das KDE Desktopprofil für Studenten/Schüler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiviere Übersetzungen und Regionalsupport"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2605
+#: release-manual.xml:2608
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6543,122 +6557,122 @@ msgstr ""
"Localecodes:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "Sprache (Region)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2614
+#: release-manual.xml:2617
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "Wert der Locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2618
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturbelegung (layout) </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2623
+#: release-manual.xml:2626
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norwegisches Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2626
+#: release-manual.xml:2629
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2629 release-manual.xml:2639
+#: release-manual.xml:2632 release-manual.xml:2642
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2636
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norwegisches Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2636
+#: release-manual.xml:2639
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2643
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
msgid "German"
msgstr "Deutsch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2649
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2649
+#: release-manual.xml:2652
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Französisch (Frankreich)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2662
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2663
+#: release-manual.xml:2666
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Griechisch (Griechenland)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2666
+#: release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2669
+#: release-manual.xml:2672
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2679
+#: release-manual.xml:2682
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nördliches Sami (Norwegen)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2689
+#: release-manual.xml:2692
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2696
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6672,34 +6686,34 @@ msgstr ""
"kann können in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/ gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2702
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Interessante Dinge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
"Das Passwort für den Benuter ist \"user\", für root wurde kein Passwort "
"gesetzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2709
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Bekannte Probleme mit dem Image"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "Zur Zeit keine bekannt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2716
+#: release-manual.xml:2719
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2721
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index d73570d..43e6df8 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
# translation of release-manual.pot to Spanish
# release-manual for debian edu
# Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen and others
-# Source URL: http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/
+# Source URL: http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/
#
# Copyright (C) 2007 José L. Redrejo Rodríguez <jredrejo at edu.juntaextremadura.net>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-02 1:00+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 10:57+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2471
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
@@ -41,19 +41,18 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-01</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:11
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
-"wiki and updated frequently."
+"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a wiki "
+"and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
"Este documento necesita tu ayuda. Puedes ayudar en <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
+"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -1306,8 +1305,8 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2210
-#: release-manual.xml:2245 release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2257 release-manual.xml:2326
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1496,7 +1495,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1867
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1837,8 +1836,33 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:577
+msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:579
+msgid ""
+"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </"
+"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the "
+"questions normally asked."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:583
+msgid ""
+"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
+"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD </"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
+#: release-manual.xml:590
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -1846,77 +1870,77 @@ msgstr ""
"servidor de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:581
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:587
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:593
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:599
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:605
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:611
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:617
+#: release-manual.xml:629
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:641
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:635
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:641
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:659
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:653
+#: release-manual.xml:665
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:659
+#: release-manual.xml:671
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:676
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -1925,48 +1949,48 @@ msgstr ""
"resolución para este pantallazo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:667
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Para empezar"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:690
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:691
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:680
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid "adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:681
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:698
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
@@ -1978,17 +2002,17 @@ msgstr ""
"las cosas que todo el mundo tiene que hacer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:689
+#: release-manual.xml:701
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Servicios que corren en el servidor principal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -1997,13 +2021,13 @@ msgstr ""
"interfaz web. Los describiremos aquí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:714
#, fuzzy
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -2011,31 +2035,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:717
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:718
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:719
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Donde encontrar más información"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:708
+#: release-manual.xml:720
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:723
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
@@ -2043,24 +2067,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:714
+#: release-manual.xml:726
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:715
+#: release-manual.xml:727
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:730
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
@@ -2075,38 +2099,38 @@ msgstr ""
"de la instalación su nombre de usuario es:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:731
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:733
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:736
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:729
+#: release-manual.xml:741
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:734
+#: release-manual.xml:746
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:736
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2116,14 +2140,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:750
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2131,12 +2155,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:756
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:758
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2150,7 +2174,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:760
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2158,7 +2182,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:752
+#: release-manual.xml:764
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2166,78 +2190,78 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:757
+#: release-manual.xml:769
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:760
+#: release-manual.xml:772
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:767
+#: release-manual.xml:779
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:771
+#: release-manual.xml:783
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:778
+#: release-manual.xml:790
#, fuzzy
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:793
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:800
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:793
+#: release-manual.xml:805
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:798
+#: release-manual.xml:810
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:813
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2247,12 +2271,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:821
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2264,12 +2288,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:819
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2277,18 +2301,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:834
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:843
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:845
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2297,20 +2321,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:835
+#: release-manual.xml:847
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:840
+#: release-manual.xml:852
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:842
+#: release-manual.xml:854
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2321,14 +2345,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:844
+#: release-manual.xml:856
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:846
+#: release-manual.xml:858
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2336,7 +2360,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:862
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2344,7 +2368,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:854
+#: release-manual.xml:866
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2352,32 +2376,32 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:865
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:883
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:874
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:889
#, fuzzy
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2385,17 +2409,17 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:883
+#: release-manual.xml:895
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:898
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:889
+#: release-manual.xml:901
#, fuzzy
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2403,14 +2427,14 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:898
+#: release-manual.xml:910
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2419,20 +2443,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:915
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:909 release-manual.xml:942 release-manual.xml:978
-#: release-manual.xml:1074 release-manual.xml:1691 release-manual.xml:1798
-#: release-manual.xml:1823 release-manual.xml:1830 release-manual.xml:2163
-#: release-manual.xml:2177 release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1835 release-manual.xml:1842 release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2189 release-manual.xml:2204
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2440,12 +2464,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:928
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:918
+#: release-manual.xml:930
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2454,7 +2478,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:934
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2462,7 +2486,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:938
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2473,14 +2497,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:944
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2491,31 +2515,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:962
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2523,13 +2547,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:974
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:979
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2537,7 +2561,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2547,7 +2571,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:984
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2562,14 +2586,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:981
+#: release-manual.xml:993
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:983
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2580,12 +2604,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:988
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1002
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2593,12 +2617,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1012
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
@@ -2614,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debería accederse a este sitio sin usar ssl."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1003
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2622,12 +2646,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1021
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2639,7 +2663,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1013
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2651,12 +2675,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1021
+#: release-manual.xml:1033
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2666,17 +2690,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+#: release-manual.xml:1043
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Mantenimiento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1035
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Actualizar el software"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1037
+#: release-manual.xml:1049
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
@@ -2684,7 +2708,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "documentar como usar aptitude upgrade /kde-update-notifier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2694,14 +2718,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1045
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1047
+#: release-manual.xml:1059
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2709,7 +2733,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2718,19 +2742,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1067
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -2743,7 +2767,7 @@ msgstr ""
"introducir la contraseña de root. Si intenta acceder sin ssl no funcionará."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -2752,28 +2776,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1082
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
+#: release-manual.xml:1089
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1091
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
@@ -2782,17 +2806,17 @@ msgstr ""
"mejor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitorización del Servidor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1102
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
@@ -2802,7 +2826,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -2816,26 +2840,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1111
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1105
+#: release-manual.xml:1117
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -2844,7 +2868,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1125
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -2852,7 +2876,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1116
+#: release-manual.xml:1128
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -2862,7 +2886,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1134
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -2870,12 +2894,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1141
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
@@ -2886,7 +2910,7 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
+#: release-manual.xml:1146
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -2897,12 +2921,12 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Actualizaciones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
@@ -2917,7 +2941,7 @@ msgstr ""
"más allá de las que indique la ley aplicable. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -2928,7 +2952,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponible en su manual de instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1162
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -2941,7 +2965,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ver si todo funciona como debiera."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
@@ -2957,20 +2981,20 @@ msgstr ""
"durante algún tiempo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1169
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Actualizar desde Debian-Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1159
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Lea este capítulo por completo antes de empezar a actualizar sus sitemas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
@@ -2990,12 +3014,12 @@ msgstr ""
"antes de actualizar!)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1180
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Cambiado el esquema de particiones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3006,17 +3030,17 @@ msgstr ""
"en Sarge tiene dos Grupos de Unidades:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3025,7 +3049,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambios internos del instalador."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
@@ -3044,13 +3068,13 @@ msgstr ""
"actualización fallará por falta de espacio en el dispositivo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Preparar el sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
@@ -3060,7 +3084,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tendrá que redimensionar esta partición:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3068,7 +3092,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1201
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3080,45 +3104,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3130,14 +3154,14 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3148,13 +3172,13 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1219
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
#, fuzzy
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Ahora inicie la actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3164,13 +3188,13 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1240
#, fuzzy
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Respuestas a las preguntas de Debconf durante la actualización"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1230
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3178,7 +3202,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
@@ -3200,12 +3224,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) o en el IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1247
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configurar nagios-common"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
@@ -3215,42 +3239,42 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1254
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configurar console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1255
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1250
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configurar systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1251
+#: release-manual.xml:1263
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configurar popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1255
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3258,63 +3282,63 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configurar libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1260
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1267
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1268
+#: release-manual.xml:1280
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1269
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Actualizar ahora glibc. Respuesta: Sí"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Reiniciar servicios. Respuesta Sí."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1276
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
@@ -3328,12 +3352,12 @@ msgstr ""
"instalar la más nueva."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1294
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "La actualización fallará con este mensaje de error:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3349,7 +3373,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1289
+#: release-manual.xml:1301
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3364,35 +3388,35 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proceso de actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
#, fuzzy
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Ahora la actualización funciona de nuevo:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Algunos archivos de configuración modificados (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Y la instalación vuelve a fallar:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3406,7 +3430,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
@@ -3420,7 +3444,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiar los permisos de los ficheros de configuración:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3430,7 +3454,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1325
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3441,18 +3465,18 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proces de dist-upgrade con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "apt-get dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1329
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "El siguiente error que aparece es este:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1318
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3464,61 +3488,61 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Elimine el paquete: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1324
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "y espere hasta que termine. Después reinicie el dist-upgrade de nuevo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1333
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1335
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1348
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1356
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3528,7 +3552,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1348
+#: release-manual.xml:1360
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3536,7 +3560,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1349
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3546,7 +3570,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1354
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3555,13 +3579,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Actualizar desde instalaciones antiguas de Debian-Edu / Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1374
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
@@ -3577,12 +3601,12 @@ msgstr ""
"UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink> Después actualice a Terra (versión basada en etch)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
@@ -3591,7 +3615,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1386
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3599,7 +3623,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1377
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3607,7 +3631,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>para usar Debian-Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1380
+#: release-manual.xml:1392
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3615,13 +3639,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -3630,7 +3654,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1395
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
@@ -3638,38 +3662,38 @@ msgstr ""
"principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1396
+#: release-manual.xml:1408
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1398
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
#, fuzzy
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1411
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1400
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1406
+#: release-manual.xml:1418
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1408
+#: release-manual.xml:1420
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -3680,7 +3704,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1413
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3688,12 +3712,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1416
+#: release-manual.xml:1428
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1417
+#: release-manual.xml:1429
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3705,19 +3729,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1426
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1431
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -3725,12 +3749,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1437
+#: release-manual.xml:1449
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -3738,12 +3762,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1455
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -3751,14 +3775,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1446
+#: release-manual.xml:1458
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1449
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3766,13 +3790,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1452
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1455
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -3780,14 +3804,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1470
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+#: release-manual.xml:1477
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -3795,12 +3819,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1483
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1485
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3808,7 +3832,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3816,19 +3840,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3838,7 +3862,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1501
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3848,7 +3872,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1491
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -3863,13 +3887,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1502
+#: release-manual.xml:1514
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3877,7 +3901,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#: release-manual.xml:1517
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -3885,12 +3909,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
@@ -3898,12 +3922,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1528
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1530
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -3911,12 +3935,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1525
+#: release-manual.xml:1537
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3924,7 +3948,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1539
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3936,12 +3960,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1533
+#: release-manual.xml:1545
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1535
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -3951,7 +3975,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1540
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -3959,19 +3983,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -3979,7 +4003,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1554
+#: release-manual.xml:1566
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -3992,7 +4016,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4001,7 +4025,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1564
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
@@ -4032,12 +4056,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593 release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:1605 release-manual.xml:2122 release-manual.xml:2230
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595 release-manual.xml:2112 release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:1607 release-manual.xml:2124 release-manual.xml:2232
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -4053,73 +4077,73 @@ msgstr ""
"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1623
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1641
#, fuzzy
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1643
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1645
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1636
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1649
#, fuzzy
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr "Para empezar"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1642
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -4127,7 +4151,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4138,7 +4162,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4146,12 +4170,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1676
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4159,14 +4183,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4175,19 +4199,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1673
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4199,12 +4223,12 @@ msgstr ""
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1698
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4212,7 +4236,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1694 release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:1706 release-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4221,7 +4245,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4229,12 +4253,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1715
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4242,25 +4266,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Otros temas"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1727
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4268,12 +4292,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1721
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1723
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4282,7 +4306,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4290,19 +4314,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4310,24 +4334,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1762
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4340,17 +4364,17 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1774
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4360,7 +4384,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4369,14 +4393,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
+#: release-manual.xml:1782
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4387,19 +4411,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1793
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4408,12 +4432,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1802
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4425,19 +4449,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1806
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4446,22 +4470,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1830
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1832
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -4469,7 +4493,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -4477,111 +4501,111 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1836
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1842
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
+"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1848
+#: release-manual.xml:1860
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1850
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1863
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" * # any host can get a login window\n"
+"* # any host can get a login window\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
+"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
+"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1885
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1889
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4594,7 +4618,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1881
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4603,14 +4627,14 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1885
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4625,12 +4649,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4651,7 +4675,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -4661,20 +4685,20 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1901
+#: release-manual.xml:1913
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4688,7 +4712,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4704,12 +4728,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4720,7 +4744,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1914
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4730,12 +4754,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1935
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1925
+#: release-manual.xml:1937
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4744,12 +4768,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1942
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4760,7 +4784,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1946
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4771,7 +4795,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1936
+#: release-manual.xml:1948
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4780,7 +4804,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4791,22 +4815,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944 release-manual.xml:2027
+#: release-manual.xml:1956 release-manual.xml:2039
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:1959
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1949
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4816,56 +4840,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952 release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1964 release-manual.xml:1967
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1953
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1954
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1970
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970 release-manual.xml:2043 release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:1982 release-manual.xml:2055 release-manual.xml:2080
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4876,49 +4900,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:1992
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1990
+#: release-manual.xml:2002
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4926,18 +4950,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2010
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2033
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4947,7 +4971,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2029
+#: release-manual.xml:2041
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4956,7 +4980,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2043
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4964,36 +4988,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2033
+#: release-manual.xml:2045
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2036
+#: release-manual.xml:2048
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
#, fuzzy
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:2069
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5001,29 +5025,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2059
+#: release-manual.xml:2071
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2061
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5033,7 +5057,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5042,12 +5066,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
@@ -5059,21 +5083,21 @@ msgstr ""
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2093
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2097
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2112
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5082,14 +5106,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -5097,19 +5121,19 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2146
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2139
+#: release-manual.xml:2151
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5120,31 +5144,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5152,12 +5176,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2159
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5165,26 +5189,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2180
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5192,12 +5216,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5205,7 +5229,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5218,14 +5242,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2208
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2223
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5236,23 +5260,23 @@ msgstr ""
"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2239
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5261,7 +5285,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5272,13 +5296,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2270
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5286,7 +5310,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5294,20 +5318,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2267
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2284
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5316,7 +5340,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2275
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5324,13 +5348,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5339,23 +5363,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
-"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and "
-"you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the "
-"pages, you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
-"UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> first."
-msgstr ""
-". (la versión en <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/"
-"Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </"
+"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you "
+"can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, "
+"you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a "
+"wiki user </ulink> first."
+msgstr ""
+". (la versión en <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </"
"ulink> es un wiki y se actualiza a menudo.) <ulink url='/DebianEdu/"
"Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Las traducciones </ulink> son parte del"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5363,35 +5387,24 @@ msgid ""
"this book. Please consider to help the translation effort of this book!"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
-msgid ""
-"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
-"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
-"wiki.skolelinux.no because the version of <ulink url='http://www.moinmoin."
-"org'>moinmoin </ulink> on wiki.debian.org does not support exporting the "
-"wiki as <computeroutput>docbook </computeroutput>. Once it is upgraded, we "
-"will move this document over."
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2306
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
#, fuzzy
msgid "in English"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -5403,7 +5416,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2325
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5411,13 +5424,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5429,7 +5442,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5442,18 +5455,18 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2344
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2350
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
#, fuzzy
msgid "in German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2353
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -5464,7 +5477,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2357
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -5474,18 +5487,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2360
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
#, fuzzy
msgid "in French"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2367
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -5495,13 +5508,13 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -5511,12 +5524,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2388
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5527,25 +5540,25 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
-"Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguezis "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguez released "
+"under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
"Esto documento ha sido escrito con copyright de Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß and Patrick Winnertz 2007 y distribuido bajo la "
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5557,12 +5570,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5571,7 +5584,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -5581,7 +5594,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007, 2008 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -5592,7 +5605,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
@@ -5601,13 +5614,18 @@ msgstr ""
"La traducción a español es copyright 2007 de José L. Redrejo Rodríguez y "
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
+msgid "FIXME: update for 2008"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2420
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -5618,13 +5636,13 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5634,7 +5652,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2432
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -5648,7 +5666,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2436
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5657,14 +5675,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2442
+#: release-manual.xml:2445
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5673,26 +5691,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2446
+#: release-manual.xml:2449
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5706,25 +5724,25 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2458
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -5733,11 +5751,11 @@ msgid ""
"owners."
msgstr ""
"Este documento necesita tu ayuda. Puedes ayudar en <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
+"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2476
+#: release-manual.xml:2479
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5746,7 +5764,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5755,7 +5773,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5763,17 +5781,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2485
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2489
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5782,12 +5800,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2499
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5801,7 +5819,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5812,7 +5830,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5824,14 +5842,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2506
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5840,7 +5858,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2512
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5848,7 +5866,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2512
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5857,7 +5875,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5872,7 +5890,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5886,7 +5904,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2522
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5895,7 +5913,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5904,7 +5922,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5913,7 +5931,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2532
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5922,7 +5940,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2532
+#: release-manual.xml:2535
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5933,7 +5951,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2535
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5943,7 +5961,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5957,7 +5975,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2545
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5967,7 +5985,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5979,7 +5997,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2550
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5992,7 +6010,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2550
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6004,7 +6022,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2553
+#: release-manual.xml:2556
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6021,7 +6039,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2556
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6029,7 +6047,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6043,14 +6061,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2560
+#: release-manual.xml:2563
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6062,7 +6080,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6071,7 +6089,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2571
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6083,7 +6101,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2573
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6096,7 +6114,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2573
+#: release-manual.xml:2576
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6104,7 +6122,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2579
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6118,7 +6136,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6132,42 +6150,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2591
+#: release-manual.xml:2594
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2596
+#: release-manual.xml:2599
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2605
+#: release-manual.xml:2608
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6179,7 +6197,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6187,7 +6205,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2614
+#: release-manual.xml:2617
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6195,7 +6213,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2618
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6203,108 +6221,108 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2623
+#: release-manual.xml:2626
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2626
+#: release-manual.xml:2629
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2629 release-manual.xml:2639
+#: release-manual.xml:2632 release-manual.xml:2642
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2636
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2636
+#: release-manual.xml:2639
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2643
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2649
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2649
+#: release-manual.xml:2652
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2662
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2663
+#: release-manual.xml:2666
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2666
+#: release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2669
+#: release-manual.xml:2672
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2679
+#: release-manual.xml:2682
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2689
+#: release-manual.xml:2692
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2696
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6313,32 +6331,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2702
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2709
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2716
+#: release-manual.xml:2719
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2721
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
@@ -6622,13 +6640,13 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This document needs your help. You can help by improving it through "
-#~ "editing it in a wiki at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/"
-#~ "Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+#~ "editing it in a wiki at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+#~ "Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
#~ "Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Este documento necesita tu ayuda. Puedes ayudar en <ulink url='http://"
-#~ "wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux."
-#~ "no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
+#~ "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.debian."
+#~ "org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#~ msgid ""
@@ -7071,7 +7089,7 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " Release manual for Debian-Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\"\n"
#~ " Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen <holger at layer-acht.org> and others, "
#~ "see\n"
-#~ " http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight for "
+#~ " http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight for "
#~ "the \n"
#~ " full list of copyright owners.\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -7346,7 +7364,7 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " Release manual for Debian-Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\"\n"
#~ " Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen <holger at layer-acht.org> and others, "
#~ "see\n"
-#~ " http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight for "
+#~ " http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/CopyRight for "
#~ "the \n"
#~ " full list of copyright owners.\n"
#~ "\n"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
index 909947b..a9ca421 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
# translation of release-manual.po to italian
# release-manual for debian edu
# Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen and others
-# Source URL: http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/
+# Source URL: http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/
#
# Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>, 2007, 2008.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-02 1:00+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 10:57+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-03 19:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Manuale di Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra versione 3.0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2471
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
@@ -39,20 +39,21 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-01</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è stato inserito nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"doc </computeroutput> il <computeroutput>2008-02-01</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:11
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
-"wiki and updated frequently."
+"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a wiki "
+"and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
-"La versione su <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> è un "
+"La versione su <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> è un "
"wiki che viene modificato frequentemente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -1385,8 +1386,8 @@ msgstr ""
"funzionare<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2210
-#: release-manual.xml:2245 release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2257 release-manual.xml:2326
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1607,7 +1608,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sul dettagglio dei pagamenti (per l'invio dei media) <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1867
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -2016,85 +2017,110 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:577
+msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:579
+msgid ""
+"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </"
+"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the "
+"questions normally asked."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:583
+msgid ""
+"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
+"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD </"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
+#: release-manual.xml:590
msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
"Schermi di esempio per una installazione i386 server principale+ thin-client-"
"server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:581
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:587
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:593
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:599
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:605
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:611
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:617
+#: release-manual.xml:629
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:641
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:635
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:641
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:659
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:653
+#: release-manual.xml:665
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:659
+#: release-manual.xml:671
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:676
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -2103,17 +2129,17 @@ msgstr ""
"risoluzione di questa immagine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:667
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Partiamo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:690
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
@@ -2122,7 +2148,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partire. Questo è il minimo da fare:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:691
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
@@ -2131,12 +2157,12 @@ msgstr ""
"directories via NFS)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:680
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid "adding users"
msgstr "aggiungere utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:681
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
@@ -2145,12 +2171,12 @@ msgstr ""
"devono essere aggiunti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr "Questo è descritto in seguito."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -2161,17 +2187,17 @@ msgstr ""
"quello che tutti devono fare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:689
+#: release-manual.xml:701
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Servizi attivi sul server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -2180,12 +2206,12 @@ msgstr ""
"modificati attraverso l'interfaccia web. Descriveremo qui ogni servizio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:714
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Amministrare via web con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -2197,27 +2223,27 @@ msgstr ""
"(aggiungere, modificare, cancellare):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:717
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione degli utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:718
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione dei gruppi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Informazioni su Automount"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:708
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione delle macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:723
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
@@ -2228,17 +2254,17 @@ msgstr ""
"per almenodue motivi:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr "il certificato è self-signed"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:714
+#: release-manual.xml:726
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr "Il certificato è generato da tjener.intern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:715
+#: release-manual.xml:727
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
@@ -2247,7 +2273,7 @@ msgstr ""
"il certificato è valido solo per un mese."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -2262,13 +2288,13 @@ msgstr ""
"nome di login è:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:731
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:733
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
@@ -2277,12 +2303,12 @@ msgstr ""
"root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:736
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:729
+#: release-manual.xml:741
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
@@ -2291,12 +2317,12 @@ msgstr ""
"varie voci nel menu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:734
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestione degli utenti con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:736
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2311,7 +2337,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sono disponibili su tutti i sistemi della rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:750
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
@@ -2320,7 +2346,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utenti nella directory LDAP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2332,12 +2358,12 @@ msgstr ""
"principali)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:756
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Aggiungere utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:758
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2360,42 +2386,42 @@ msgstr ""
"per il systemadministration. A oggi lwat conosce i profili seguenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>profilo</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:752
+#: release-manual.xml:764
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>privilegi concessi </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:757
+#: release-manual.xml:769
msgid "Students"
msgstr "Studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:760
+#: release-manual.xml:772
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr "Login e uso del sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr "Insegnanti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:767
+#: release-manual.xml:779
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr "Lo stesso di studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:771
+#: release-manual.xml:783
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr "jrAdmins"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
@@ -2404,12 +2430,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(una specie di Amministratori)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:778
+#: release-manual.xml:790
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Amministratori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:793
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
@@ -2419,7 +2445,7 @@ msgstr ""
"di collegarsi al dominio Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:800
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
@@ -2428,7 +2454,7 @@ msgstr ""
"è aggiunto al sistema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
@@ -2437,12 +2463,12 @@ msgstr ""
"una propria password modificando l'utente aggiunto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:793
+#: release-manual.xml:805
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:798
+#: release-manual.xml:810
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
@@ -2452,7 +2478,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ldap (altrimenti la scheda si resetta):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:813
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2466,12 +2492,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:821
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr "Cercare e cancellare utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2491,12 +2517,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegamenti alla pagina di modifica."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:819
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2507,17 +2533,17 @@ msgstr ""
"collegato."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:834
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:843
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestione dei gruppi con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:845
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2530,7 +2556,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nella pagina di modifica si può avere accesso a tutti gli utenti del gruppo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:835
+#: release-manual.xml:847
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2539,12 +2565,12 @@ msgstr ""
"usare questo strumento anche per i permessi dei file."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:840
+#: release-manual.xml:852
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestione delle macchine con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:842
+#: release-manual.xml:854
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2561,7 +2587,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Architecture\">architettura</link> di questo manuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:844
+#: release-manual.xml:856
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2570,67 +2596,67 @@ msgstr ""
"nomi prefigurato. I seguenti intervalli di ip sono predefiniti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:846
+#: release-manual.xml:858
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Primo indirizzo </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Ultimo indirizzo </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:854
+#: release-manual.xml:866
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>nome dell'host </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:865
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:883
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:874
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:889
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:883
+#: release-manual.xml:895
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:898
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:889
+#: release-manual.xml:901
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:898
+#: release-manual.xml:910
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2639,7 +2665,7 @@ msgstr ""
"riservati per il dhcp e sono assegnati dinamicamente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2652,20 +2678,20 @@ msgstr ""
"secondo la configurazione predefinita."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:915
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:909 release-manual.xml:942 release-manual.xml:978
-#: release-manual.xml:1074 release-manual.xml:1691 release-manual.xml:1798
-#: release-manual.xml:1823 release-manual.xml:1830 release-manual.xml:2163
-#: release-manual.xml:2177 release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1835 release-manual.xml:1842 release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2189 release-manual.xml:2204
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2676,12 +2702,12 @@ msgstr ""
"del server dhcp come mostrato sotto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:928
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Assegnare un ip statico con dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:918
+#: release-manual.xml:930
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2694,7 +2720,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:934
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2705,7 +2731,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dovrebbe vedere una cosa simile a questa:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:938
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2721,7 +2747,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:944
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2730,7 +2756,7 @@ msgstr ""
"statico. Ecco come dovrebbe essere nel nostro esempio:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2746,7 +2772,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2755,12 +2781,12 @@ msgstr ""
"descritto sopra tutte le volte che si cambia la configurazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:962
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Cercare e cancellare macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
@@ -2769,12 +2795,12 @@ msgstr ""
"procedura qui, non viene indicatata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr "Modificare macchine esistenti / Gestione del Netgroup"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2785,12 +2811,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(come per gli utenti)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:979
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2801,7 +2827,7 @@ msgstr ""
"altro significato in questo contesto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2816,7 +2842,7 @@ msgstr ""
"più che limitare i servizi che una macchina può usare sul server principale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:984
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2842,7 +2868,7 @@ msgstr ""
"statico da ldap."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:981
+#: release-manual.xml:993
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
@@ -2852,7 +2878,7 @@ msgstr ""
"directory."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:983
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2870,12 +2896,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegamento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:988
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Altra documentazione lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1002
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2886,12 +2912,12 @@ msgstr ""
"bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Amministrazione delle stampanti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1012
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -2906,7 +2932,7 @@ msgstr ""
"protocollo che usa la criptazione ssl."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1003
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2917,12 +2943,12 @@ msgstr ""
"cosa fare quando questo non funziona."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1021
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2941,7 +2967,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sua rete ISDN occupata tutto il tempo, per telefonate extra."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1013
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2960,12 +2986,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1021
+#: release-manual.xml:1033
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Partizioni estese piene"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2980,17 +3006,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Administration\">nella sezione amministrazione</link>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+#: release-manual.xml:1043
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Manutenzione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1035
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Aggiornare il software"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1037
+#: release-manual.xml:1049
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -2999,7 +3025,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> e kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -3015,7 +3041,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponibile)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1045
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -3024,7 +3050,7 @@ msgstr ""
"notifier. FIXME: Occorre spiegare, forse con uno screenshot."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1047
+#: release-manual.xml:1059
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -3035,7 +3061,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurarli mandando una mail all'indirizzo che stai leggendo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -3049,7 +3075,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1067
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -3058,12 +3084,12 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiamenti effettuati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestione del Backup"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -3077,7 +3103,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ssl si ottiene un errore."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -3090,7 +3116,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fosse cancellato qualcosa) questo strumento è molto utile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1082
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -3099,7 +3125,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installa da etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
+#: release-manual.xml:1089
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -3108,7 +3134,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli hard disk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1091
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
@@ -3118,7 +3144,7 @@ msgstr ""
"esistente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
@@ -3127,17 +3153,17 @@ msgstr ""
"descrivere come fare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitorare il Server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1102
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
@@ -3152,7 +3178,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i colli di bottiglia e per l'origine dei problemi del sistema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -3175,7 +3201,7 @@ msgstr ""
"server che contiene (normalmente il server-principale)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1111
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
@@ -3185,12 +3211,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1105
+#: release-manual.xml:1117
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
@@ -3199,7 +3225,7 @@ msgstr ""
"url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -3212,7 +3238,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la password occorre eseguire il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1125
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -3222,7 +3248,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1116
+#: release-manual.xml:1128
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -3237,7 +3263,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1134
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -3248,12 +3274,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1141
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
@@ -3262,7 +3288,7 @@ msgstr ""
"url='https://www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
+#: release-manual.xml:1146
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -3273,12 +3299,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Aggiornamenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
@@ -3293,7 +3319,7 @@ msgstr ""
"capitolo fino alla fine prima di cominciare ad aggiornare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -3304,7 +3330,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponibili nel relativo manuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1162
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3316,7 +3342,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurato nello stesso modo del server effettivo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -3334,19 +3360,19 @@ msgstr ""
"accada nel'Aprile 2008."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1169
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1159
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Occorre leggere completamente questo capitolo prima di cominciare a fare "
"l'aggiornamento del sistema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -3365,12 +3391,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sull'aggiornamento dal kernel 2.4 a 2.6 </ulink> prima di installare!)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1180
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Schema di partizionamento cambiato"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3381,17 +3407,17 @@ msgstr ""
"volume:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr "vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr "vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3400,7 +3426,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dell'Installer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -3419,12 +3445,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fallisce per il poco spazio sul disco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1194
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Preparazione del sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -3433,7 +3459,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lv_var- occorre ridimensionare questa partizione:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3444,7 +3470,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> per questo lavoro:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1201
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3456,45 +3482,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "2.) fsck della partizione:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "3.) ridimensionare la partizione:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "4.) ridimensionare il filesystem:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr "5.) montare le partizioni di nuovo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3506,7 +3532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
@@ -3515,7 +3541,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> in modo che contenga queste linee"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3527,12 +3553,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1219
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Ora incominciamo ad aggiornare con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3542,12 +3568,12 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1240
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Risposte alle domande di Debconf che appaiono durante l'aggiornamento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1230
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3559,7 +3585,7 @@ msgstr ""
"terminalserver."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1244
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
@@ -3577,54 +3603,54 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink>) o IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1247
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configurare nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr "Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1254
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configurare console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1255
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr "Scegliere \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Configurare openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr "Non disattivare la challenge-response Auth."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1250
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configurare systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1251
+#: release-manual.xml:1263
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr "Scegliere qui il default (yes)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configurare popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1255
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3636,47 +3662,47 @@ msgstr ""
"\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configure libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1260
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1267
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr "Usare qui ldapversion 3"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1268
+#: release-manual.xml:1280
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr "Quale acconto dovrebbe usare root per ldap lookups FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1269
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr "Quale password dovrebbe usare root qui FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Aggiornare ora glibc. Rispondere qui \"yes\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Lanciare di nuovo i Servizi. Risponder qui \"yes\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1276
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
@@ -3685,12 +3711,12 @@ msgstr ""
"installati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr "Ora il processo di aggiornamento dei pacchetti partirà."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -3703,12 +3729,12 @@ msgstr ""
"modificata, occorre scegliere sempre: \"Installare l'ultima\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1294
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "L'aggiornamento si interrompe con questo messaggio:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3724,7 +3750,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1289
+#: release-manual.xml:1301
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3739,33 +3765,33 @@ msgstr ""
"</emphasis>. Poi occorre riavviare il processo di aggiornamento con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Ora l'aggiornamento continua:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Alcuni file di configurazione modificati (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr "Dovresti sempre lasciare quello installato (default) e premere enter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Quando l'installazione si interrompe più tardi:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3779,7 +3805,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
@@ -3792,7 +3818,7 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis> i permessi dei file di configurazione devono essere cambiati:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3802,7 +3828,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1325
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3813,18 +3839,18 @@ msgstr ""
"riavviare dist-upgrade di nuovo con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1329
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "Il prossimo errore è questo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1318
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3836,23 +3862,23 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Occorre rimuovere il pacchetto: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1324
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "e aspettare fino alla fine.Poi riavviare di nuovo dist-upgrade."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -3861,12 +3887,12 @@ msgstr ""
"aggiornamento dovrebbe ora finire senza altri errori."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1333
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Problemi nell'aggiornamento di bind"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1335
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -3875,13 +3901,13 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiare il proprietario di tutti i file di configurazione di bind."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1348
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
@@ -3890,12 +3916,12 @@ msgstr ""
"bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1356
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr "I gruppi di Samba sono cambiati"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3910,7 +3936,7 @@ msgstr ""
"strumento di amministrazione di LDAP \"lwat\" per rimediare alla situazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1348
+#: release-manual.xml:1360
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3921,7 +3947,7 @@ msgstr ""
"samba. Creare l'acconto di Domain Admins con il comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1349
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3935,7 +3961,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1354
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3948,12 +3974,12 @@ msgstr ""
"di questo manuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1372
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Aggiornamenti da installazioni Debian Edu / Skolelinux più vecchie"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1374
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -3968,37 +3994,37 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>. Poi occorre fare l'aggiornamento a Terrra (versione etch)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1386
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Desktop\">il desktop</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1377
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">client della rete</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1380
+#: release-manual.xml:1392
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">insegnare e imparare</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "HowTo per l'amministrazione generale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -4011,46 +4037,46 @@ msgstr ""
"questa sezione sono già accorgimenti e trucchi \"avanzati\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1395
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
"Installare singoli servizi sulle macchine per distribuire il carico del "
"server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1396
+#: release-manual.xml:1408
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr "installazione di barebone con l'uso di debian-edu-expert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "installare il pacchetto per il servizio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1398
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "configurare ilo servizio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1411
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "disattivare il servizio nel server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1400
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr "aggiornare il dns sul server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1406
+#: release-manual.xml:1418
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
"Tenere traccia della directory /etc/ con la versione svk per il controllo "
"del sistema "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1408
+#: release-manual.xml:1420
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -4068,7 +4094,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1413
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -4079,12 +4105,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fatti in <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> sono registrati ogni ora."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1416
+#: release-manual.xml:1428
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Elenco di comandi utili:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1417
+#: release-manual.xml:1429
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4102,12 +4128,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1426
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Esempi di uso"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -4116,7 +4142,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sono stati fatti dall'installazione iniziale:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1431
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -4126,12 +4152,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr "Per vedere i cambiamenti fatti in /etc/, usare questo comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1437
+#: release-manual.xml:1449
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -4141,14 +4167,14 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
"Per vedere i cambiamenti effettuati su un determinato file occorre "
"specificarlo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1455
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -4158,7 +4184,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1446
+#: release-manual.xml:1458
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4168,7 +4194,7 @@ msgstr ""
"automaticamente:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1449
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4178,12 +4204,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1452
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr "Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1455
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -4193,7 +4219,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1470
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -4202,7 +4228,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ignorarlo. Questa operazione è raramente utile<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+#: release-manual.xml:1477
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -4212,12 +4238,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1483
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "Per coloro che aggiornano da sarge/woody"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1485
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4228,7 +4254,7 @@ msgstr ""
"svk una volta con il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4238,19 +4264,19 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr "Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Ridimensionare partizioni"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4265,7 +4291,7 @@ msgstr ""
"queste non siano montate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1501
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4279,7 +4305,7 @@ msgstr ""
"creare più partizioni piccole che una molto ampia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1491
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4304,12 +4330,12 @@ msgstr ""
"effettivamente il file system."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Gestione dei volumi logici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1502
+#: release-manual.xml:1514
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -4320,7 +4346,7 @@ msgstr ""
"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#: release-manual.xml:1517
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4331,12 +4357,12 @@ msgstr ""
"aumentare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr "Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
@@ -4346,12 +4372,12 @@ msgstr ""
"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1528
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Usare volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1530
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -4362,17 +4388,17 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installazione di default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr "Cos'è debian-volatile?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1525
+#: release-manual.xml:1537
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Citando dalla pagina web</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1539
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4391,12 +4417,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rendere funzionale il programma."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1533
+#: release-manual.xml:1545
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr "Come usare volatile"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1535
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4411,7 +4437,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1540
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4421,7 +4447,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -4430,12 +4456,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Usare backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4446,7 +4472,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come desideri. Backports.org serve per risolvere questo problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1554
+#: release-manual.xml:1566
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4467,7 +4493,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulinkurl='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4481,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dare il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1564
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
@@ -4537,12 +4563,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593 release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:1605 release-manual.xml:2122 release-manual.xml:2230
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595 release-manual.xml:2112 release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:1607 release-manual.xml:2124 release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4559,22 +4585,22 @@ msgstr ""
"rintracciarli) e di metterli sotto licenza GPL.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1623
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr "HowTo per il desktop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1641
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1643
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr "Sono inclusi due profili di default:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1645
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
@@ -4583,12 +4609,12 @@ msgstr ""
"del gruppo studenti)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr "personalizzare l'insieme delle icone che appaiano nel desktop degli studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1636
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
@@ -4597,22 +4623,22 @@ msgstr ""
"desktop siano presenti anche nel pannello kde"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1649
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr "adept non è partito"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr "occorre assicurarsi che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr "disabilitare la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1642
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
@@ -4621,7 +4647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root e per i membri del gruppo admins)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
@@ -4630,7 +4656,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permettere un accesso semplice a tutti i programmi di amministrazione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -4642,7 +4668,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sovrascritti dagli aggiornamenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4659,7 +4685,7 @@ msgstr ""
"si ha la possibilità di sfogliare una nuova cartella."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4670,12 +4696,12 @@ msgstr ""
"profile </computeroutput>. (FIXME: quale dei due?!)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modificare il login screen di kde"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1676
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4687,7 +4713,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quelle di default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4696,7 +4722,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4708,7 +4734,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1673
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4717,12 +4743,12 @@ msgstr ""
"avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. You "
@@ -4734,12 +4760,12 @@ msgstr ""
"C'è bisogno di avere non free nel file sources.list.Occorre anche una connessione internet attiva che scaricherà il file precompilato da Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1698
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Suono con Flash nei thin clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4751,7 +4777,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root nel server:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1694 release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:1706 release-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4764,7 +4790,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cifratura."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4774,12 +4800,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid "Then:"
msgstr "Poi:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1715
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4789,24 +4815,24 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr "Per permettere al suono di funzionare, è necessario installare l'ultimo pacchetto flashplugin-nonfree (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Altri plugin utili"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr "Dopo aver aggiunto il repository per il multimedia (vedi sotto):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1727
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4816,12 +4842,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1721
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Far funzionare DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1723
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4833,7 +4859,7 @@ msgstr ""
"legale di usarla si può scaricare il pacchetto da debian-multimedia.org. Occorre aggiungere il repository multimedia e installare multimedia e le librerie dei dvd."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4843,12 +4869,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr "Usare il repository multimedia:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4857,7 +4883,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trovare un mirror, o aggiungere "
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4867,7 +4893,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4876,17 +4902,17 @@ msgstr ""
"multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "HowTo per i client di rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Thin Clients vs workstation senza disco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1762
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4899,17 +4925,17 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP in dettaglio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1774
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4924,7 +4950,7 @@ msgstr ""
"examples/lts.conf </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4936,7 +4962,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'indirizzo ip come <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
+#: release-manual.xml:1782
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4945,7 +4971,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024 aggiungere qualcosa di questo genere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4961,12 +4987,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "da qualche parte sotto la sezione default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1793
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4975,7 +5001,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(premendo alt+ctrl+backspace) o riavviare il client."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4988,12 +5014,12 @@ msgstr ""
"conf </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1802
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "Equilibrare il carico sui server LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -5012,7 +5038,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la chiave ssh dell'host per ognuno dei server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -5021,12 +5047,12 @@ msgstr ""
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 è stata inclusa nella 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1806
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr "Suono con client LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -5039,22 +5065,22 @@ msgstr ""
"trovare /dev/dsp. Se questo non avviene automaticamente, la linea:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr "dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1830
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr "Sostituire LDM con KDM"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1832
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -5065,7 +5091,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ha bisogno di meno risorse diCPU sui clients e sul server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -5076,7 +5102,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come ogni altra cosa."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
@@ -5085,39 +5111,39 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> si fermeranno senza LDM."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1836
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
"Per controllare se XDMCP sta lavorando, esegui questo comando da una "
"workstation:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
" X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1842
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr "Se siamo suun thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
+"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
" X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1848
+#: release-manual.xml:1860
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
@@ -5127,7 +5153,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1850
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
@@ -5136,17 +5162,17 @@ msgstr ""
"aggiungere a /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1863
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" * # any host can get a login window\n"
+"* # any host can get a login window\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
" * # any host can get a login window\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5155,52 +5181,52 @@ msgstr ""
"è un commento <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr "Quindi avvia xdmcp in kdm con il comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
+"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
" sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr "Alla fine riavvia kdm eseguendo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
+"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
" sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr "(per la cortesia di Finn-Arne Johansen)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1885
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1889
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5213,7 +5239,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1881
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -5222,14 +5248,14 @@ msgstr ""
"necessari:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1885
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -5244,12 +5270,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegarsi in quanto non c'è la password di root per Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Configurare i client Windows come host statici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5271,7 +5297,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'autenticazione al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -5281,7 +5307,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurazione ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -5290,12 +5316,12 @@ msgstr ""
"non troverà l'host aggiunto nel passo 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr "4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1901
+#: release-manual.xml:1913
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5319,7 +5345,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5335,12 +5361,12 @@ msgstr ""
"di \"Own files\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Gruppi di utenti in Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5357,7 +5383,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows non saranno a conoscenza del gruppo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1914
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5371,12 +5397,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1935
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1925
+#: release-manual.xml:1937
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5390,12 +5416,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1942
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Gestire i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5413,7 +5439,7 @@ msgstr ""
"attraverso il server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1946
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -5430,7 +5456,7 @@ msgstr ""
"progettati usano il profilo per scrivere dati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1936
+#: release-manual.xml:1948
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -5443,7 +5469,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ascoltare dire loro di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -5460,22 +5486,22 @@ msgstr ""
"rimuovere dal profilo dell'utente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944 release-manual.xml:2027
+#: release-manual.xml:1956 release-manual.xml:2039
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica per le macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr "si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:1959
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr "scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1949
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -5490,37 +5516,37 @@ msgstr ""
"linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory da escludere sono"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Setting locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952 release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1964 release-manual.xml:1967
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "File temporanei internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1953
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Documenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1954
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1970
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5529,7 +5555,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in tutte le altre macchine windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5538,12 +5564,12 @@ msgstr ""
"disposizione durante l'installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970 release-manual.xml:2043 release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:1982 release-manual.xml:2055 release-manual.xml:2080
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica globale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5560,12 +5586,12 @@ msgstr ""
"qui... FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5574,12 +5600,12 @@ msgstr ""
"chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:1992
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5588,17 +5614,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr "Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1990
+#: release-manual.xml:2002
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5607,7 +5633,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5618,17 +5644,17 @@ msgstr ""
"doppio click su questo per modificare il registro delle altre macchine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2010
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sorgenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2033
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Ridirigere parti di profilo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5642,7 +5668,7 @@ msgstr ""
"da software non ben programmati che usano directory condivise nella rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2029
+#: release-manual.xml:2041
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5656,7 +5682,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2043
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5667,12 +5693,12 @@ msgstr ""
"si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2033
+#: release-manual.xml:2045
msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2036
+#: release-manual.xml:2048
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
@@ -5681,22 +5707,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Usare una policy locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:2069
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5707,14 +5733,14 @@ msgstr ""
"esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di poca banda."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2059
+#: release-manual.xml:2071
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
"Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
"chiave si trova in"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2061
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -5723,17 +5749,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr "FIXME: quale la chiave dei profili roaming per la politica global"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5748,7 +5774,7 @@ msgstr ""
"path e logon home, poi riavviare samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5760,12 +5786,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5776,7 +5802,7 @@ msgstr ""
"che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2093
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5785,7 +5811,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2097
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5794,7 +5820,7 @@ msgstr ""
"occorre installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2112
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5807,7 +5833,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5816,17 +5842,17 @@ msgstr ""
"client HowTo </ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2146
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5835,7 +5861,7 @@ msgstr ""
"per installare moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2139
+#: release-manual.xml:2151
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5852,12 +5878,12 @@ msgstr ""
"in Francia usano moodle per monitorare abilità e crediti degli studenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr "FIXME: alcuni esempi, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
@@ -5866,12 +5892,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org'>http://moodle.org </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
@@ -5880,7 +5906,7 @@ msgstr ""
"monitorare i loro studenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5891,12 +5917,12 @@ msgstr ""
"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr "FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2159
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5906,7 +5932,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
@@ -5916,12 +5942,12 @@ msgstr ""
"giurisdizione corrente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -5930,7 +5956,7 @@ msgstr ""
"internet access. FIXME: spiegare come installarli e usarli."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2180
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5941,12 +5967,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etico e illegale nella vostra giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5957,7 +5983,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribuzione etch."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5977,7 +6003,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2208
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5986,7 +6012,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2223
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5997,22 +6023,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessante"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuire"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2239
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6024,7 +6050,7 @@ msgstr ""
"molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -6041,12 +6067,12 @@ msgstr ""
"questa scheda</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2268
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2270
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6057,7 +6083,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6068,12 +6094,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2267
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6083,7 +6109,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ambiti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2284
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6096,7 +6122,7 @@ msgstr ""
"frequentemente in incontri in presenza."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2275
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6107,12 +6133,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2293
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6125,24 +6151,25 @@ msgstr ""
"condividere la tua conoscenza con noi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
-"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and "
-"you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the "
-"pages, you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
-"UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> first."
+"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you "
+"can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, "
+"you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a "
+"wiki user </ulink> first."
msgstr ""
"Il sorgente del testo è un wiki e può essere modificato con il browser web, "
-"occorre collegarsi a <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/"
-"Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ "
+"occorre collegarsi a <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ "
"</ulink> e si può contribuire facilmente. Nota: Per prima cosa è necessario "
"un acconto per modificare le pagine con <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux."
"no/UserPreferences'>crea un nuovo utente wiki </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6155,40 +6182,23 @@ msgstr ""
"link> di questo libro. Cerca di aiutarci nello sforzo di traduzione di "
"questo libro!"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
-msgid ""
-"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
-"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
-"wiki.skolelinux.no because the version of <ulink url='http://www.moinmoin."
-"org'>moinmoin </ulink> on wiki.debian.org does not support exporting the "
-"wiki as <computeroutput>docbook </computeroutput>. Once it is upgraded, we "
-"will move this document over."
-msgstr ""
-"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
-"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> Usiamo "
-"wiki.skolelinux.no perché la versione di <ulink url='http://www.moinmoin."
-"org'>moinmoin </ulink> su wiki.debian.org non permette l'esportazione di "
-"wiki come <computeroutput>docbook </computeroutput>. Una volta aggiornato "
-"trasferiremo il documento."
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2306
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "in English"
msgstr "in Inglese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2321
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6199,7 +6209,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2325
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6210,12 +6220,12 @@ msgstr ""
"accade <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "in Norvegese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6226,7 +6236,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6239,17 +6249,17 @@ msgstr ""
"in Norvegia (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2344
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2350
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid "in German"
msgstr "in Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2353
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6258,7 +6268,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2357
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6267,19 +6277,19 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2360
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
"tedeschi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid "in French"
msgstr "in Francese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2367
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6288,12 +6298,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "in Spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -6302,12 +6312,12 @@ msgstr ""
"portale spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Supporto professionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2388
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6318,17 +6328,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
-"Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguezis "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguez released "
+"under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è scritto e sotto copyright 2007 da Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
@@ -6336,7 +6347,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 o versione successiva. Buon divertimento!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6348,12 +6359,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inserisci il tuo nome qui e rilascialo sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6362,7 +6373,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6371,7 +6382,7 @@ msgstr ""
"copyright 2007, sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007, 2008 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert, Jürgen Leibner, Ludger "
@@ -6382,7 +6393,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Hatje copyright 2007, 2008 sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6390,13 +6401,18 @@ msgstr ""
"La traduzione italiana è diClaudio Carboncini copyright.2007, sotto licenza "
"GPL2 o successiva."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
+msgid "FIXME: update for 2008"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2420
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6405,12 +6421,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Esistono traduzione incomplete di Norvegese Bokmål, Spagnolo e Tedesco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6425,7 +6441,7 @@ msgstr ""
"iniziare a tradurlo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2432
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -6440,7 +6456,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2436
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6452,7 +6468,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6461,7 +6477,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2442
+#: release-manual.xml:2445
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6474,7 +6490,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2446
+#: release-manual.xml:2449
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6483,7 +6499,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permessi per fare questo) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6492,12 +6508,12 @@ msgstr ""
"all'interno della directory <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6508,23 +6524,23 @@ msgstr ""
"esiste ancora uno o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2458
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6537,7 +6553,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2476
+#: release-manual.xml:2479
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6550,7 +6566,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6563,7 +6579,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6574,17 +6590,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2485
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2489
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6597,12 +6613,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2499
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6625,7 +6641,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6642,7 +6658,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6661,7 +6677,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6670,7 +6686,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2506
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6683,7 +6699,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2512
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6694,7 +6710,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2512
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6707,7 +6723,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6732,7 +6748,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6755,7 +6771,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2522
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6768,7 +6784,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6781,7 +6797,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6794,7 +6810,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2532
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6807,7 +6823,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2532
+#: release-manual.xml:2535
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6824,7 +6840,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2535
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6839,7 +6855,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6862,7 +6878,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2545
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6877,7 +6893,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6896,7 +6912,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2550
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6917,7 +6933,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2550
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6936,7 +6952,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2553
+#: release-manual.xml:2556
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6965,7 +6981,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2556
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6976,7 +6992,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6999,7 +7015,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2560
+#: release-manual.xml:2563
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7008,7 +7024,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -7027,7 +7043,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -7040,7 +7056,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2571
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7059,7 +7075,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2573
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -7080,12 +7096,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2573
+#: release-manual.xml:2576
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2579
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -7108,7 +7124,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7131,42 +7147,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2591
+#: release-manual.xml:2594
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Appendice B - Debian Edu Live CD/DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2596
+#: release-manual.xml:2599
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2605
+#: release-manual.xml:2608
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -7186,122 +7202,122 @@ msgstr ""
"Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2614
+#: release-manual.xml:2617
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Valore locale </emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2618
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2623
+#: release-manual.xml:2626
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2626
+#: release-manual.xml:2629
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2629 release-manual.xml:2639
+#: release-manual.xml:2632 release-manual.xml:2642
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2636
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2636
+#: release-manual.xml:2639
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2643
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2649
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2649
+#: release-manual.xml:2652
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2662
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2663
+#: release-manual.xml:2666
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2666
+#: release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2669
+#: release-manual.xml:2672
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2679
+#: release-manual.xml:2682
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2689
+#: release-manual.xml:2692
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2696
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7314,32 +7330,32 @@ msgstr ""
"tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2702
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr "la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2709
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ancora niente di conosciuto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2716
+#: release-manual.xml:2719
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2721
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index ed209c8..9e38272 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-02 1:00+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 10:57+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-19 17:45+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll at skulelinux.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-no at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 utgivelsesmanual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2471
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0 kodenavn \"Terra\""
@@ -39,20 +39,21 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-01</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2008-01-12</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:11
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
-"wiki and updated frequently."
+"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a wiki "
+"and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
-"Versjonen på <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> er en "
+"Versjonen på <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> er en "
"wiki og oppdateres regelmessig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -1362,8 +1363,8 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2210
-#: release-manual.xml:2245 release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2257 release-manual.xml:2326
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1600,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vil diskutere hvordan du får betalt<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1867
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -2006,8 +2007,33 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local\n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:577
+msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:579
+msgid ""
+"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </"
+"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the "
+"questions normally asked."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:583
+msgid ""
+"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
+"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD </"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
+#: release-manual.xml:590
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -2015,77 +2041,77 @@ msgstr ""
"i386-maskin."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:581
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:587
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:593
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:599
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:605
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:611
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:617
+#: release-manual.xml:629
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:641
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:635
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:641
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:659
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:653
+#: release-manual.xml:665
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:659
+#: release-manual.xml:671
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:676
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -2094,17 +2120,17 @@ msgstr ""
"skjermbildet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:667
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Komme igang"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:690
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
@@ -2113,7 +2139,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installasjonen for å komme igang. Det minste du må gjøre er:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:691
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
@@ -2122,12 +2148,12 @@ msgstr ""
"via NFS)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:680
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid "adding users"
msgstr "legge til brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:681
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
@@ -2136,12 +2162,12 @@ msgstr ""
"må legges til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr "Dette er beskrevet nedenfor."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -2151,17 +2177,17 @@ msgstr ""
"triks og vanlige spørsmål. Mens dette kapittelet beskriver det alle må vite."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:689
+#: release-manual.xml:701
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Tjenester som kjører på hovedtjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -2170,12 +2196,12 @@ msgstr ""
"nettgrensesnitt. Vi vil beskrive hver tjeneste her."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:714
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon via nettleser med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -2186,27 +2212,27 @@ msgstr ""
"hovedgruppene (legge til, endre, slette):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:717
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:718
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Gruppeadministrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Automonteringsinformasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:708
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Maskinadministrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:723
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
@@ -2217,17 +2243,17 @@ msgstr ""
"på grunn av minst to ting:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr "sertifikatet er selvsignert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:714
+#: release-manual.xml:726
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr "sertifikatet er laget for tjener.intern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:715
+#: release-manual.xml:727
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
@@ -2236,7 +2262,7 @@ msgstr ""
"siden sertifikatet er gyldig i bare en måned."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -2251,13 +2277,13 @@ msgstr ""
"etter installasjon er innloggingsnavnet der:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:731
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:733
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
@@ -2265,12 +2291,12 @@ msgstr ""
"og passordet er passordet du skrev inn under installasjonen for root-kontoen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:736
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:729
+#: release-manual.xml:741
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
@@ -2279,12 +2305,12 @@ msgstr ""
"i menyen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:734
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:736
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2299,7 +2325,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tilgjengelig i hele nettverket."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:750
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
@@ -2308,7 +2334,7 @@ msgstr ""
"data lagt inn i LDAP-katalogen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2320,12 +2346,12 @@ msgstr ""
"øverste gruppene)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:756
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Legge til brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:758
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2348,42 +2374,42 @@ msgstr ""
"systemadministrasjon. For tiden vet lwat om disse rollene:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>rolle</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:752
+#: release-manual.xml:764
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>gi privilegier</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:757
+#: release-manual.xml:769
msgid "Students"
msgstr "Studenter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:760
+#: release-manual.xml:772
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr "Innlogging og bruk av systemet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr "Lærere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:767
+#: release-manual.xml:779
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr "Samme som for studenter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:771
+#: release-manual.xml:783
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr "jr. Administratorer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
@@ -2392,12 +2418,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sine passord)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:778
+#: release-manual.xml:790
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Administratorer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:793
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
@@ -2407,7 +2433,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med i Skolelinux-domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:800
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
@@ -2416,7 +2442,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blir lagt til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
@@ -2425,12 +2451,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kan sette et passord selv ved å endre på brukeren du har lagt til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:793
+#: release-manual.xml:805
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:798
+#: release-manual.xml:810
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
@@ -2439,7 +2465,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til i ldap-katalogen (skjemaet blir også tømt):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:813
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2453,12 +2479,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:821
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr "Søk etter og slett brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2478,12 +2504,12 @@ msgstr ""
"resultatlinjer er linker til endringsiden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:819
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2494,17 +2520,17 @@ msgstr ""
"hører til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:834
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:843
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gruppehåndtering med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:845
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2517,7 +2543,7 @@ msgstr ""
"endringsiden har du tilgang til alle brukerne i denne gruppen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:835
+#: release-manual.xml:847
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2526,12 +2552,12 @@ msgstr ""
"du kan bruke dem til filrettigheter også."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:840
+#: release-manual.xml:852
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Maskinhåndtering med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:842
+#: release-manual.xml:854
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2548,7 +2574,7 @@ msgstr ""
"denne manualen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:844
+#: release-manual.xml:856
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2557,67 +2583,67 @@ msgstr ""
"forhåndsoppsatte adresseområdet. Disse ip-områdene er forhåndsoppsatt:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:846
+#: release-manual.xml:858
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Første adresse</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Siste adresse</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:854
+#: release-manual.xml:866
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>vertsnavn</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:865
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:883
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:874
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:889
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:883
+#: release-manual.xml:895
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:898
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:889
+#: release-manual.xml:901
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'></emphasis></emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:898
+#: release-manual.xml:910
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2626,7 +2652,7 @@ msgstr ""
"reservert for dhcp og blir tildelt dynamisk."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2639,20 +2665,20 @@ msgstr ""
"oppsettet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:915
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:909 release-manual.xml:942 release-manual.xml:978
-#: release-manual.xml:1074 release-manual.xml:1691 release-manual.xml:1798
-#: release-manual.xml:1823 release-manual.xml:1830 release-manual.xml:2163
-#: release-manual.xml:2177 release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1835 release-manual.xml:1842 release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2189 release-manual.xml:2204
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2663,12 +2689,12 @@ msgstr ""
"hånd som vist direkte under."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:928
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Tildele statiske ip-adresser med dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:918
+#: release-manual.xml:930
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2681,7 +2707,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> som root."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:934
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2692,7 +2718,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>static00</emphasis>. Du skal finne noe som er som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:938
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2708,7 +2734,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:944
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2717,7 +2743,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vår eksempelvert vil det se ut som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2733,7 +2759,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2742,25 +2768,25 @@ msgstr ""
"du endrer oppsettet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:962
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Søk etter og slett brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2768,13 +2794,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:974
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:979
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2782,7 +2808,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2792,7 +2818,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:984
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2807,14 +2833,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:981
+#: release-manual.xml:993
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:983
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2825,12 +2851,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:988
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Mer lwat dokumentasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1002
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2841,12 +2867,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lwat/download/doc/'>på nettet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Skriverhåndtering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1012
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -2861,7 +2887,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blir du tvunget til å bruke ssl-kryptering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1003
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2872,12 +2898,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skal gjøre når dette ikke fører til noe."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1021
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Klokkesynkronisering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2896,7 +2922,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hele tiden, noe som gav dem en saftig telefonregning."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1013
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2914,12 +2940,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kjøre <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1021
+#: release-manual.xml:1033
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Utvide full partisjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2934,17 +2960,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Administration\">administrasjonsveiledninger</link> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+#: release-manual.xml:1043
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Vedlikehold"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1035
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Oppdatere programvaren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1037
+#: release-manual.xml:1049
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -2953,7 +2979,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade</computeroutput> og kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2968,7 +2994,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(oppgraderer pakker som har tilgjengelige oppdateringer)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1045
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -2977,7 +3003,7 @@ msgstr ""
"FIXME: Forklar hvordan, kanskje med et skjermbilde."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1047
+#: release-manual.xml:1059
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2988,7 +3014,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de opp til å sende e-post til en adresse du leser."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -3002,7 +3028,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1067
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -3011,12 +3037,12 @@ msgstr ""
"oppføringer til deg."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Håndtering av sikkerhetskopier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -3030,7 +3056,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uten bruk av ssl vil du mislykkes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -3043,7 +3069,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ganger (viss du sletter noe), så er dette oppsettet greit for deg."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1082
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -3052,7 +3078,7 @@ msgstr ""
"viss du installerer fra etch-test i dag.(FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
+#: release-manual.xml:1089
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -3061,7 +3087,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beskytter deg mot harddisker som går i stykker."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1091
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
@@ -3071,24 +3097,24 @@ msgstr ""
"stasjon eller en annen harddisk, så må du endre oppsettet lite granne."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Tjenerovervåkning"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1102
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
@@ -3102,7 +3128,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hjelp til å se etter flaskehalser og kilde for systemproblemer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -3126,7 +3152,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hovedtjeneren)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1111
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
@@ -3135,12 +3161,12 @@ msgstr ""
"projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1105
+#: release-manual.xml:1117
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
@@ -3149,7 +3175,7 @@ msgstr ""
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -3162,7 +3188,7 @@ msgstr ""
"følgende kommando som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1125
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -3172,7 +3198,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1116
+#: release-manual.xml:1128
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -3187,7 +3213,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1134
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -3198,12 +3224,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1141
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
@@ -3212,7 +3238,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
+#: release-manual.xml:1146
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -3223,12 +3249,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
@@ -3243,7 +3269,7 @@ msgstr ""
"du starter å oppgradere."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -3254,7 +3280,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tilgjengelig i dens installasjonsmanual."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1162
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3267,7 +3293,7 @@ msgstr ""
"se om alt fungerer som det skal."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -3284,12 +3310,12 @@ msgstr ""
"2008."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1169
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1159
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
@@ -3297,7 +3323,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ditt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -3316,12 +3342,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> før du oppgraderer!)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1180
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Endret partisjoneringsopplegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3332,18 +3358,18 @@ msgstr ""
"systemet har to grupperte dataområder:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr "vg_data som holder datapartisjoner som /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
"vg_system inneholder systempartisjoner som /var, /usr, /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3352,7 +3378,7 @@ msgstr ""
"interne endringer i installasjonsprogrammet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -3371,12 +3397,12 @@ msgstr ""
"enheten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1194
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Forberede systemet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -3385,7 +3411,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partisjonen, så må du endre størrelse på denne partisjonen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3396,7 +3422,7 @@ msgstr ""
"for at dette skal fungere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1201
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3408,45 +3434,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "2.) kjør fsck på partisjonen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "3.) endre størrelse på partisjonen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "4.) endre størrelse på filsystemet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr "5.) monter partisjonene igjen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3458,7 +3484,7 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
@@ -3467,7 +3493,7 @@ msgstr ""
"at de inneholder disse linjene"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3479,12 +3505,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1219
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Nå kan du starte oppgraderingen med:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3494,12 +3520,12 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1240
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Svar på Debconf-spørsmålene under oppgraderingen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1230
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3510,7 +3536,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppgradering av en enkel nyinstallert hovedtjener + tynnklienttjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1244
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
@@ -3528,12 +3554,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian.org</ulink> eller på IRC (irc.oftc.net):#debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1247
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Sette opp nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
@@ -3542,42 +3568,42 @@ msgstr ""
"brukeren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1254
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Sette opp console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1255
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr "Velg «Ikke endre tastaturoppsett»"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Sette opp openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr "Ikke slå av utfordring/svar-autentisering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1250
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Sette opp systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1251
+#: release-manual.xml:1263
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr "Velg standard (ja) her."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Sette opp popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1255
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3588,48 +3614,48 @@ msgstr ""
"samlet inn anonymt og du har mulighet til å si «nei»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Sette opp libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1260
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre pompt til: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre promptet til: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1267
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr "Bruk ldapversion 3 her"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1268
+#: release-manual.xml:1280
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1269
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Oppgrader glibc nå. Svar «ja»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Starte tjenester på nytt. Svar «ja»."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1276
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
@@ -3638,12 +3664,12 @@ msgstr ""
"installert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr "Nå vil oppgraderingsprosessen starte med å oppgradere pakker."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -3656,12 +3682,12 @@ msgstr ""
"virkelig har endret noe, så må du svare: «Installer de siste»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1294
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "Oppgradringer feiler med denne feilmeldingen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3677,7 +3703,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1289
+#: release-manual.xml:1301
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3692,33 +3718,33 @@ msgstr ""
"Så kan du starte oppgraderingsprosessen på nytt:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Nå skal oppgraderingen fortsette:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Flere modifiserte oppsettsfiler (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr "Du bør alltid ta vare på de installerte (standard) og trykke enter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Så feiler installasjonen en gang til:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3732,7 +3758,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
@@ -3745,7 +3771,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filrettighetene til oppsettfilene endres:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3755,7 +3781,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1325
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3766,18 +3792,18 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade prosessen igjen med:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1329
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "Den neste feilen som dukker opp er denne:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1318
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3789,25 +3815,25 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Du må fjerne pakken: <emphasis>courier-ldap</emphasis> med kommandoen"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1324
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
"og vente til den blir ferdig. Så kan du starte dist-upgrade prosessen igjen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -3816,12 +3842,12 @@ msgstr ""
"nå gjøre seg ferdig uten flere feil."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1333
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Problem med oppgradering av bind"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1335
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -3830,13 +3856,13 @@ msgstr ""
"endret, så du må kjøre chown på alle bind-oppsettsfiler."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1348
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
@@ -3845,12 +3871,12 @@ msgstr ""
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1356
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr "Håndtering av samba gruppekart (groupmaps) er endret"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3865,7 +3891,7 @@ msgstr ""
"administrasjonsverktøy «lwat» ble oppdatert for dette."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1348
+#: release-manual.xml:1360
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3876,7 +3902,7 @@ msgstr ""
"samba-domene håndtering. Opprett domeneadministrasjonskontoen med kommandoen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1349
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3890,7 +3916,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1354
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3903,12 +3929,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Nettverksklienter</link> i denne manualen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1372
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra eldre Debian Edu / Skolelinux-installasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1374
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -3923,12 +3949,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>. Oppgrader så til Terra (etch-basert utgivelse)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "Veiledning"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3936,30 +3962,30 @@ msgstr ""
"link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1386
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1377
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1380
+#: release-manual.xml:1392
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">undervisning og læring</"
"link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "Veiledninger for generell administrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -3972,44 +3998,44 @@ msgstr ""
"i dette kapittelet er allerede \"avanserte\" tips og triks."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1395
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
"Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenster for å avlaste hovetjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1396
+#: release-manual.xml:1408
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr "barebone installasjon ved bruk av debian-edu-expert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "installer pakkene for tjenesten"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1398
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "sette opp tjenesten"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1411
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "slå av tjenesten på hovedtjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1400
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr "oppdatere dns på hovedtjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1406
+#: release-manual.xml:1418
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr "Versjonsporing av /etc/ ved hjelp av svk versjonskontrollsystem"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1408
+#: release-manual.xml:1420
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -4027,7 +4053,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1413
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -4038,12 +4064,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Endringer i <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> blir meldt inn hver time."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1416
+#: release-manual.xml:1428
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Liste over nyttige kommandoer:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1417
+#: release-manual.xml:1429
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4061,12 +4087,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1426
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Eksempel på bruk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -4075,7 +4101,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gjort siden systemet ble installert:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1431
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -4085,13 +4111,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
"For å se listen over endringer som er gjort i /etc/, bruk denne kommandoen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1437
+#: release-manual.xml:1449
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -4101,12 +4127,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr "For å se endringer som er gjort i en spesiell fil, oppgi filen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1455
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -4116,7 +4142,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1446
+#: release-manual.xml:1458
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4126,7 +4152,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette for å gjøre det automatisk:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1449
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4136,13 +4162,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1452
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr "For å melde inn en fil manuelt, fordi du ikke vil vente en time:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1455
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -4152,7 +4178,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1470
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -4161,7 +4187,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den om å ignorere den. Men det er sjelden nyttig <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+#: release-manual.xml:1477
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -4171,12 +4197,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1483
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "For de som oppgraderte fra sarge/woody"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1485
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4187,7 +4213,7 @@ msgstr ""
"følgende kommando kjørt som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4197,7 +4223,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
@@ -4206,12 +4232,12 @@ msgstr ""
"innmeldingsjobben (cron)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4226,7 +4252,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mens partisjonen er avmontert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1501
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4241,7 +4267,7 @@ msgstr ""
"å lage flere mindre partisjoner enn en svært stor en."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1491
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4265,12 +4291,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> trengs for faktisk å utvide filsystemet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Håndtering av logiske dataområder"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1502
+#: release-manual.xml:1514
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -4281,7 +4307,7 @@ msgstr ""
"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#: release-manual.xml:1517
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4289,12 +4315,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
@@ -4302,12 +4328,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1528
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Bruker volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1530
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -4318,17 +4344,17 @@ msgstr ""
"på standardinstallasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr "Hva er debian-volatile?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1525
+#: release-manual.xml:1537
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Siterer fra nettsiden:</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1539
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4348,12 +4374,12 @@ msgstr ""
"være funksjonelle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1533
+#: release-manual.xml:1545
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr "Hvordan bruke volatile"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1535
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4365,7 +4391,7 @@ msgstr ""
"list</computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1540
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4375,7 +4401,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -4384,12 +4410,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Bruk av backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4400,7 +4426,7 @@ msgstr ""
"enn du liker. Her er hvor backports.org kommer inn."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1554
+#: release-manual.xml:1566
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4421,7 +4447,7 @@ msgstr ""
"org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink> for bruk av disse pakkene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4435,7 +4461,7 @@ msgstr ""
"å kjøre disse kommandoene som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1564
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
@@ -4491,12 +4517,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593 release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:1605 release-manual.xml:2122 release-manual.xml:2230
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595 release-manual.xml:2112 release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:1607 release-manual.xml:2124 release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4510,22 +4536,22 @@ msgstr ""
"utviklerorientert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1623
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1641
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "KDE Kiosk modus"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1643
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr "To standardprofiler er inkludert:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1645
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
@@ -4534,12 +4560,12 @@ msgstr ""
"av filgruppen students)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr "tilpasset sett av ikoner kommer frem på elever sine skrivebord"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1636
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
@@ -4548,22 +4574,22 @@ msgstr ""
"panelet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1649
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr "adept blir ikke startet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr "sørger for at studenter ikke kan starte en annen kde-sesjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr "hindrer muligheten for at studenter kan få root-tilgang"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1642
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
@@ -4572,7 +4598,7 @@ msgstr ""
"medlemmer av filgruppen admins)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
@@ -4581,7 +4607,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tjener for å sørge for enkel tilgang til alle administrasjonsprogrammer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -4592,7 +4618,7 @@ msgstr ""
"stegene under så vil endringene dine blir overskrevet ved neste oppgradering."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4609,7 +4635,7 @@ msgstr ""
"og leter frem en ny mappe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4620,12 +4646,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modifisere innloggingskjermen kdm"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1676
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4636,7 +4662,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> som oppgir variabler som overstyrer standardvariablene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4645,7 +4671,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>-pakken:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4657,7 +4683,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1673
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4666,12 +4692,12 @@ msgstr ""
"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4685,12 +4711,12 @@ msgstr ""
"laste ned en forhåndskompilert binærfil fra Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1698
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Lyd med Flash på tynnklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4701,7 +4727,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tynnklienttjeneren. For å gjøre det, så logg inn som root på tjeneren:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1694 release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:1706 release-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4714,7 +4740,7 @@ msgstr ""
"signert for å sikre en tillitsti."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4724,12 +4750,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid "Then:"
msgstr "Så:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1715
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4739,25 +4765,25 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andre nyttige programtillegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
#, fuzzy
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1727
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4767,12 +4793,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1721
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Avspilling av DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1723
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
@@ -4785,7 +4811,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette, så kan du bruke pakker fra debian-multimedia.org."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4795,13 +4821,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
#, fuzzy
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4810,7 +4836,7 @@ msgstr ""
"et nettarkiv, eller du kan legge til"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4820,7 +4846,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4829,17 +4855,17 @@ msgstr ""
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1762
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4852,17 +4878,17 @@ msgstr ""
"LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP i detalj"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1774
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4877,7 +4903,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppgi."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4890,7 +4916,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
+#: release-manual.xml:1782
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4899,7 +4925,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024, så legg til noe slikt som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4915,12 +4941,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1793
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4929,7 +4955,7 @@ msgstr ""
"X på klienten (ved å trykke alt+ctrl+rettetast) eller restarte klienten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4942,12 +4968,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>-fila."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1802
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4966,7 +4992,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ssh-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -4975,12 +5001,12 @@ msgstr ""
"+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1806
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4993,22 +5019,22 @@ msgstr ""
"linjen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr "legges til tjeneren i filen /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1830
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1832
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -5016,7 +5042,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
@@ -5027,110 +5053,110 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1836
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1842
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
+"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1848
+#: release-manual.xml:1860
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1850
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1863
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" * # any host can get a login window\n"
+"* # any host can get a login window\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
+"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
+"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1885
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Koble windowsmaskiner til nettverket / integrering av windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1889
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Bli med i domenet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5143,14 +5169,14 @@ msgstr ""
"autentisere brukere under innlogging."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1881
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr "For å melde windowsklienter inn i domenet må noen (få) steg utføres:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
@@ -5159,7 +5185,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eksisterer)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1885
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -5174,12 +5200,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere, fordi det er ingen passord for root i Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Sette opp windowsklienten som en statisk vert"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5200,7 +5226,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med i domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -5209,7 +5235,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dataen som er lagret på tjener (vertsnavn og ip-oppsett)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -5218,14 +5244,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Samba finne klare å finne klienten som ble lagt til i steg 2."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Bli medlem av domenet som vanlig ved å bruke brukeren som ble lagt til i "
"steg 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1901
+#: release-manual.xml:1913
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5248,7 +5274,7 @@ msgstr ""
"innloggingskjermen tilby å logge inn på domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5263,12 +5289,12 @@ msgstr ""
"filer på H:-stasjonen i staden for \"Egne filer\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Brukergrupper i Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5285,7 +5311,7 @@ msgstr ""
"windowsmaskiner vil ikke være klar over grupper."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1914
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5299,12 +5325,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1935
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1925
+#: release-manual.xml:1937
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5317,12 +5343,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dukke opp i Nettverksnabolaget (eller hva det nå kalles)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1942
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Håndtere roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5339,7 +5365,7 @@ msgstr ""
"brukeren logger på, så lenge tjeneren er tilgjengelig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1946
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -5357,7 +5383,7 @@ msgstr ""
"og andre data."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1936
+#: release-manual.xml:1948
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -5370,7 +5396,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etter, så er det deres egen feil at innlogging går tregt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -5387,23 +5413,23 @@ msgstr ""
"profilen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944 release-manual.xml:2027
+#: release-manual.xml:1956 release-manual.xml:2039
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Bruk av maskinregler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
"du kan redigere regler for maskiner og kopiere de til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:1959
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr "bruk en nyinstallert windowsmaskin og kjør gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1949
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -5419,37 +5445,37 @@ msgstr ""
"ekskluderes er"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "log"
msgstr "log / logg"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Locale setting / Lokale innstillinger"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952 release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1964 release-manual.xml:1967
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "Temporary Internet Files / Midlertidige Internettfiler"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1953
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "My Documents / Mine Dokumenter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1954
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Applications Data / Applikasjonsdata"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1970
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Lagre endringer, og forlat editoren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5458,7 +5484,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5467,12 +5493,12 @@ msgstr ""
"den ved nye installasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970 release-manual.xml:2043 release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:1982 release-manual.xml:2055 release-manual.xml:2080
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Bruk av globale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5489,12 +5515,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fint om du gir en beskrivelse på wikien...."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Redigere windowsregisteret"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5503,12 +5529,12 @@ msgstr ""
"registernøkkelen til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:1992
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Start registereditoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5517,19 +5543,19 @@ msgstr ""
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Bruk menyen <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1990
+#: release-manual.xml:2002
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5538,7 +5564,7 @@ msgstr ""
"måte som maskinregler)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5549,17 +5575,17 @@ msgstr ""
"den, eller legge den til et skript for å spre den til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2010
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Kilder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2033
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Omadressere til deler av profilen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5574,7 +5600,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til vanlige nettverkskataloger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2029
+#: release-manual.xml:2041
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5588,7 +5614,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller Mine Dokumenter."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2043
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5599,13 +5625,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke vil dette, så må du i tillegg også slå av følgende"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2033
+#: release-manual.xml:2045
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr "Brukeroppsett -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2036
+#: release-manual.xml:2048
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
@@ -5613,22 +5639,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Maskininnstillinger -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Unngå roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Bruk av lokale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:2069
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5639,12 +5665,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dedikerte maskiner eller maskiner som har mindre bandbredde en vanlig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2059
+#: release-manual.xml:2071
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr "Du kan bruke maskinreglermetoden beskrevet over, nøkkelen er i"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2061
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -5653,17 +5679,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "endring av sambaoppsett"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5678,7 +5704,7 @@ msgstr ""
"starte samba på nytt."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5690,12 +5716,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Skrivebordstilkopling over nettverk med RDP, VNC, NX eller Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5706,7 +5732,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows, Mac eller Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2093
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5715,7 +5741,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installere <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>-pakken."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2097
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5724,7 +5750,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Bare installer pakken <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2112
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5736,7 +5762,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sine elever siden 2005. De rapporterer at løsningen er stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5746,18 +5772,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "Veiledninger for undervisning og læring"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5766,7 +5792,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installere moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2139
+#: release-manual.xml:2151
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5777,12 +5803,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
@@ -5792,19 +5818,19 @@ msgstr ""
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Overvåkning av elever"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5812,12 +5838,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2159
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5827,7 +5853,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
@@ -5837,19 +5863,19 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2180
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
@@ -5860,12 +5886,12 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5873,7 +5899,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5886,7 +5912,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2208
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5895,7 +5921,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2223
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5906,22 +5932,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Bidra"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "La oss vite at du er der"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2239
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5933,7 +5959,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mye, og er der allerede et verdifullt bidrag. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5950,12 +5976,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skjemaet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2268
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Bidra lokalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2270
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5966,7 +5992,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nederland, Japan og andre plasser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5977,12 +6003,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>support</emphasis> er to sider av samme sak."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2267
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Bidra globalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -5991,7 +6017,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>ulike lag</ulink> som arbeider med ulike emner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2284
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6004,7 +6030,7 @@ msgstr ""
"året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2275
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6015,12 +6041,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-commits'>e-postlisten for innmeldinger av bidrag</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2293
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Dokumentasjonskrivere og oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6033,24 +6059,25 @@ msgstr ""
"kunnskapen din med oss."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
-"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and "
-"you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the "
-"pages, you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
-"UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> first."
+"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you "
+"can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, "
+"you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a "
+"wiki user </ulink> first."
msgstr ""
"Kilden for teksten er en wiki og kan redigeres med en enkel nettleser. Det "
-"er bare å gå til <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/"
-"Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"er bare å gå til <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
"</ulink> og der kan du enkelt bidra. Merknad: En brukerkonto trengs for å "
-"redigere sidene, så du må opprette en <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
+"redigere sidene, så du må opprette en <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"UserPreferences'>wikibruker</ulink> først."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6062,40 +6089,23 @@ msgstr ""
"finne i <link linkend=\"Translations\">oversettelsekapittelet</link> for "
"denne boken. Vurder å hjelpe til med oversettingen av denne boken!"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
-msgid ""
-"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
-"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
-"wiki.skolelinux.no because the version of <ulink url='http://www.moinmoin."
-"org'>moinmoin </ulink> on wiki.debian.org does not support exporting the "
-"wiki as <computeroutput>docbook </computeroutput>. Once it is upgraded, we "
-"will move this document over."
-msgstr ""
-"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
-"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1</link> Vi "
-"bruker wiki.skolelinux.no fordi versjonen av <ulink url='http://www.moinmoin."
-"org'>moinmoin</ulink> på wiki.debian.org ikke støtter eksport av wiki som "
-"<computeroutput>docbook</computeroutput>. Så fort den blir oppgradert, vil "
-"vi flytte dette dokumentet dit."
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2306
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Frivillighetsbasert støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "in English"
msgstr "På engelsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2321
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6106,7 +6116,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2325
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6116,12 +6126,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke forvent sanntidsupport, selv om det hender av og til.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "På norsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6132,7 +6142,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6145,18 +6155,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Norge (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2344
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av norske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2350
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid "in German"
msgstr "På Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2353
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6165,7 +6175,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2357
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6174,18 +6184,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki med mange veiledninger osv."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2360
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av tyske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid "in French"
msgstr "På fransk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2367
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6194,12 +6204,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "På spansk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -6208,12 +6218,12 @@ msgstr ""
"spansk portal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Profesjonell support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2388
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6224,17 +6234,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
-"Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguezis "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguez released "
+"under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet er skrevet av Holger Levsen, Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel "
"Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, Ronny Aasen, Morten "
@@ -6242,7 +6253,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6255,12 +6266,12 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett for oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6269,7 +6280,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opphavsrett 2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6278,7 +6289,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Korsvoll med opphavsrett 2007 og utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007, 2008 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -6290,7 +6301,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6298,13 +6309,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Den italienske oversettelsen er gjort av Claudio Carboncini med opphavsrett "
"2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
+msgid "FIXME: update for 2008"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2420
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6313,12 +6329,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Ufullstendige oversettelser for Norsk Bokmål, Spansk og Tysk eksisterer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Hvordan oversette dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6332,7 +6348,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette. Du må også lese dette viss du vil starte å oversette dette dokumentet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2432
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -6348,7 +6364,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2436
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6360,7 +6376,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> installert for at dette skal fungere):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6369,7 +6385,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2442
+#: release-manual.xml:2445
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6382,7 +6398,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2446
+#: release-manual.xml:2449
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6391,7 +6407,7 @@ msgstr ""
"det) eller sender filen til e-postlisten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6400,12 +6416,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inne i mappen <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6416,23 +6432,23 @@ msgstr ""
"finnes noen ennå, og hvordan oppdatere oversettelser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2458
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Meld i fra om eventuelle problemer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6445,7 +6461,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opphavsrett."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2476
+#: release-manual.xml:2479
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6458,7 +6474,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller (ditt valg) senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6467,7 +6483,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6475,17 +6491,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2485
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2489
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6494,12 +6510,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2499
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6513,7 +6529,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6524,7 +6540,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6536,14 +6552,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2506
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6552,7 +6568,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2512
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6560,7 +6576,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2512
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6569,7 +6585,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6584,7 +6600,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6598,7 +6614,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2522
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6607,7 +6623,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6616,7 +6632,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6625,7 +6641,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2532
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6634,7 +6650,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2532
+#: release-manual.xml:2535
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6645,7 +6661,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2535
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6655,7 +6671,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6669,7 +6685,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2545
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6679,7 +6695,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6691,7 +6707,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2550
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6704,7 +6720,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2550
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6716,7 +6732,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2553
+#: release-manual.xml:2556
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6733,7 +6749,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2556
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6741,7 +6757,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6755,14 +6771,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2560
+#: release-manual.xml:2563
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6774,7 +6790,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6783,7 +6799,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2571
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6795,7 +6811,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2573
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6808,12 +6824,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2573
+#: release-manual.xml:2576
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2579
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6827,7 +6843,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6841,42 +6857,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2591
+#: release-manual.xml:2594
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Vedlegg B - om Debian Edu Live CD/DVDer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Egenskaper ved frittstående-disken"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2596
+#: release-manual.xml:2599
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Nesten alle pakker fra frittståendeprofilen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle pakker fra pakkesamlingen for bærbare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "KDE skrivebordsprofilen for studenter/elever."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiverer oversettelser og regional støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2605
+#: release-manual.xml:2608
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6896,122 +6912,122 @@ msgstr ""
"over vanlig brukte lokalkoder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Spåk (Region)</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2614
+#: release-manual.xml:2617
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Lokalkode</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2618
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturutlegg</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2623
+#: release-manual.xml:2626
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norsk bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2626
+#: release-manual.xml:2629
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2629 release-manual.xml:2639
+#: release-manual.xml:2632 release-manual.xml:2642
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2636
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norsk nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2636
+#: release-manual.xml:2639
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2643
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2649
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2649
+#: release-manual.xml:2652
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Fransk (Frankrike)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2662
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2663
+#: release-manual.xml:2666
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Gresk (Hellas)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2666
+#: release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2669
+#: release-manual.xml:2672
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japansk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2679
+#: release-manual.xml:2682
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nordsamisk (Norge)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2689
+#: release-manual.xml:2692
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2696
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7024,32 +7040,32 @@ msgstr ""
"tastaturutlegget finner man i /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2702
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Ting man må vite"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr "passordet for user er «user», root har ingen passord."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2709
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Kjente problem med CD/DVDen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ingen kjente ennå."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2716
+#: release-manual.xml:2719
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Last ned"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2721
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
@@ -7060,6 +7076,22 @@ msgstr ""
"no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP</ulink> eller rsync fra ftp.skolelinux.org ved cd-"
"etch-live/"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
+#~ "endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We "
+#~ "use wiki.skolelinux.no because the version of <ulink url='http://www."
+#~ "moinmoin.org'>moinmoin </ulink> on wiki.debian.org does not support "
+#~ "exporting the wiki as <computeroutput>docbook </computeroutput>. Once it "
+#~ "is upgraded, we will move this document over."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
+#~ "endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1</link> Vi "
+#~ "bruker wiki.skolelinux.no fordi versjonen av <ulink url='http://www."
+#~ "moinmoin.org'>moinmoin</ulink> på wiki.debian.org ikke støtter eksport av "
+#~ "wiki som <computeroutput>docbook</computeroutput>. Så fort den blir "
+#~ "oppgradert, vil vi flytte dette dokumentet dit."
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in "
@@ -7099,10 +7131,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/"
+#~ "flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
#~ "]]"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/"
+#~ "flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
#~ "]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
index ec89a1c..2e0c1d0 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-02 0:59+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 14:50+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2471
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
@@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-01</computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:11
msgid ""
"The version at <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch "
"</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2245 release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2257 release-manual.xml:2326
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1867
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1575,133 +1575,158 @@ msgid ""
"]]"
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:577
+msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:579
+msgid ""
+"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer "
+"</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed "
+"</ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the questions normally "
+"asked."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:583
+msgid ""
+"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
+"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD "
+"</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
+#: release-manual.xml:590
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server "
"installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:581
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:587
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:593
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:599
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:605
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:611
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:617
+#: release-manual.xml:629
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:641
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:635
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:641
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:659
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:653
+#: release-manual.xml:665
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:659
+#: release-manual.xml:671
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:676
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:667
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:690
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:691
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:680
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid "adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:681
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -1709,29 +1734,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:689
+#: release-manual.xml:701
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:714
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1739,27 +1764,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:717
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:718
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:708
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:723
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink "
"url='https://www/lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error "
@@ -1767,24 +1792,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:714
+#: release-manual.xml:726
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:715
+#: release-manual.xml:727
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -1794,37 +1819,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:731
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:733
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:736
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:729
+#: release-manual.xml:741
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:734
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:736
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1834,14 +1859,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:750
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1849,12 +1874,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:756
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:758
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1868,54 +1893,54 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:752
+#: release-manual.xml:764
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:757
+#: release-manual.xml:769
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:760
+#: release-manual.xml:772
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:767
+#: release-manual.xml:779
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:771
+#: release-manual.xml:783
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:778
+#: release-manual.xml:790
msgid "Admins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:793
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete "
"users/groups/machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux "
@@ -1923,33 +1948,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:800
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:793
+#: release-manual.xml:805
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:798
+#: release-manual.xml:810
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:813
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -1959,12 +1984,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:821
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -1976,12 +2001,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:819
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -1989,17 +2014,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:834
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:843
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:845
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2008,19 +2033,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:835
+#: release-manual.xml:847
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:840
+#: release-manual.xml:852
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:842
+#: release-manual.xml:854
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2031,81 +2056,81 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:844
+#: release-manual.xml:856
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:846
+#: release-manual.xml:858
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:854
+#: release-manual.xml:866
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:865
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:883
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:874
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:889
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:883
+#: release-manual.xml:895
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:898
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:889
+#: release-manual.xml:901
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:898
+#: release-manual.xml:910
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2114,17 +2139,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:915
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:909 release-manual.xml:942 release-manual.xml:978 release-manual.xml:1074 release-manual.xml:1691 release-manual.xml:1798 release-manual.xml:1823 release-manual.xml:1830 release-manual.xml:2163 release-manual.xml:2177 release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990 release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1703 release-manual.xml:1810 release-manual.xml:1835 release-manual.xml:1842 release-manual.xml:2175 release-manual.xml:2189 release-manual.xml:2204
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2132,12 +2157,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:928
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:918
+#: release-manual.xml:930
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf "
@@ -2146,7 +2171,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:934
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2154,7 +2179,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:938
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2165,14 +2190,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:944
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2183,31 +2208,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:962
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2215,12 +2240,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:979
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2228,7 +2253,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup "
"</computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2238,7 +2263,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:984
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups "
"</computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2253,14 +2278,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:981
+#: release-manual.xml:993
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:983
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2271,12 +2296,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:988
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1002
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or "
@@ -2284,12 +2309,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1012
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink "
"url='https://www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups "
@@ -2299,7 +2324,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1003
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2307,12 +2332,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1021
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2324,7 +2349,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1013
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2336,12 +2361,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1021
+#: release-manual.xml:1033
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2352,24 +2377,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+#: release-manual.xml:1043
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1035
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1037
+#: release-manual.xml:1049
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade "
"</computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2379,14 +2404,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1045
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use "
"kde-update-notifier. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1047
+#: release-manual.xml:1059
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2394,7 +2419,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2403,19 +2428,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1067
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink "
"url='https://www/slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please "
@@ -2425,7 +2450,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 "
"</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to "
@@ -2434,45 +2459,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1082
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
+#: release-manual.xml:1089
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1091
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1102
msgid "Munin"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink "
"url='https://www/munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system "
@@ -2482,7 +2507,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -2496,7 +2521,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1111
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink "
"url='http://munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ "
@@ -2504,19 +2529,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1105
+#: release-manual.xml:1117
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink "
"url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -2525,7 +2550,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1125
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -2533,7 +2558,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1116
+#: release-manual.xml:1128
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -2543,7 +2568,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1134
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink "
"url='http://www.nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -2551,19 +2576,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1141
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink "
"url='https://www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
+#: release-manual.xml:1146
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary "
@@ -2571,12 +2596,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian "
@@ -2586,7 +2611,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid ""
"More <ulink "
"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about "
@@ -2594,7 +2619,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1162
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -2603,7 +2628,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -2615,17 +2640,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1169
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1159
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink "
"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for "
@@ -2637,12 +2662,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1180
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -2650,24 +2675,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -2679,19 +2704,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1194
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -2699,7 +2724,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1201
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2708,45 +2733,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2755,14 +2780,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -2771,12 +2796,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1219
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -2784,12 +2809,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1240
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1230
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -2797,7 +2822,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1244
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
@@ -2809,54 +2834,54 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1247
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1254
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1255
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1250
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1251
+#: release-manual.xml:1263
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1255
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -2864,59 +2889,59 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1260
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1267
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1268
+#: release-manual.xml:1280
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1269
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1276
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -2925,12 +2950,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1294
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2941,7 +2966,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1289
+#: release-manual.xml:1301
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: "
"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> "
@@ -2952,33 +2977,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2988,7 +3013,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: "
"<emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb "
@@ -2998,7 +3023,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3006,7 +3031,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1325
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without "
"</emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please "
@@ -3014,18 +3039,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1329
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1318
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3034,48 +3059,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1324
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1333
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1335
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1348
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid ""
"See <ulink "
"url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791 "
@@ -3083,12 +3108,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1356
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3098,7 +3123,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1348
+#: release-manual.xml:1360
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3106,7 +3131,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1349
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3116,7 +3141,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1354
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3125,12 +3150,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1372
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1374
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -3140,37 +3165,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1386
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1377
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1380
+#: release-manual.xml:1392
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -3179,42 +3204,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1395
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1396
+#: release-manual.xml:1408
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1398
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1411
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1400
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1406
+#: release-manual.xml:1418
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1408
+#: release-manual.xml:1420
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk "
"</computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ "
@@ -3225,7 +3250,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1413
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3233,12 +3258,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1416
+#: release-manual.xml:1428
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1417
+#: release-manual.xml:1429
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3250,19 +3275,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1426
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1431
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -3270,12 +3295,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1437
+#: release-manual.xml:1449
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -3283,12 +3308,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1455
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -3296,14 +3321,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1446
+#: release-manual.xml:1458
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1449
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3311,12 +3336,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1452
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1455
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -3324,14 +3349,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1470
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+#: release-manual.xml:1477
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -3339,12 +3364,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1483
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1485
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3352,7 +3377,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3360,19 +3385,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3382,7 +3407,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1501
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3392,7 +3417,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1491
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is "
@@ -3408,12 +3433,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1502
+#: release-manual.xml:1514
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3421,7 +3446,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#: release-manual.xml:1517
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -3429,12 +3454,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
@@ -3442,12 +3467,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1528
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1530
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -3455,17 +3480,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1525
+#: release-manual.xml:1537
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1539
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3477,12 +3502,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1533
+#: release-manual.xml:1545
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1535
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the "
"<computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is "
@@ -3492,7 +3517,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1540
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -3500,19 +3525,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade "
"</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian "
"Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a "
@@ -3520,7 +3545,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1554
+#: release-manual.xml:1566
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -3533,7 +3558,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt "
@@ -3543,7 +3568,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1564
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
@@ -3584,12 +3609,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593 release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:1605 release-manual.xml:2122 release-manual.xml:2230
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595 release-manual.xml:2112 release-manual.xml:2220
+#: release-manual.xml:1607 release-manual.xml:2124 release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
@@ -3600,70 +3625,70 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1623
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1641
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1643
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1645
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1636
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1649
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1642
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -3671,7 +3696,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -3682,7 +3707,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile "
@@ -3690,12 +3715,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1676
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ "
@@ -3703,14 +3728,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -3719,19 +3744,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1673
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. You "
@@ -3740,12 +3765,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1698
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -3753,7 +3778,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1694 release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:1706 release-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3762,7 +3787,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1699
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget "
@@ -3771,12 +3796,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1715
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3784,24 +3809,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1715
+#: release-manual.xml:1727
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3809,12 +3834,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1721
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1723
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3823,7 +3848,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3831,19 +3856,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3851,24 +3876,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1762
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations "
"/ lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -3877,17 +3902,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1762
+#: release-manual.xml:1774
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
@@ -3897,7 +3922,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] "
"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -3906,14 +3931,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
+#: release-manual.xml:1782
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -3924,19 +3949,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1791
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1793
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -3945,12 +3970,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1802
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -3962,19 +3987,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1806
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -3983,22 +4008,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1810
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1830
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1832
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -4006,7 +4031,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -4014,110 +4039,110 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs "
"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1836
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1842
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
+"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1848
+#: release-manual.xml:1860
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1850
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1863
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" * # any host can get a login window\n"
+"* # any host can get a login window\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1860
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
+"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
+"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1885
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1889
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4126,21 +4151,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1881
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1885
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4150,12 +4175,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4168,26 +4193,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1901
+#: release-manual.xml:1913
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4201,7 +4226,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and "
"logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take "
@@ -4211,12 +4236,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4227,7 +4252,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1914
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4237,12 +4262,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1935
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1925
+#: release-manual.xml:1937
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
@@ -4251,12 +4276,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1942
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4267,7 +4292,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1946
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4278,7 +4303,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1936
+#: release-manual.xml:1948
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4287,7 +4312,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1939
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4298,22 +4323,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944 release-manual.xml:2027
+#: release-manual.xml:1956 release-manual.xml:2039
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1946
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:1959
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1949
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4323,56 +4348,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952 release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1964 release-manual.xml:1967
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1953
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1954
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1970
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970 release-manual.xml:2043 release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:1982 release-manual.xml:2055 release-manual.xml:2080
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on "
@@ -4383,48 +4408,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:1991
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:1992
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1990
+#: release-manual.xml:2002
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4432,17 +4457,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2010
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2033
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4452,7 +4477,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2029
+#: release-manual.xml:2041
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using "
"gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be "
@@ -4461,7 +4486,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2043
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4469,34 +4494,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2033
+#: release-manual.xml:2045
msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2036
+#: release-manual.xml:2048
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2063
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:2069
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual "
"machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on "
@@ -4504,29 +4529,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2059
+#: release-manual.xml:2071
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2061
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4536,7 +4561,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2092
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4545,12 +4570,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4558,14 +4583,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2093
+#: release-manual.xml:2105
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2097
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux "
"remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> "
@@ -4573,7 +4598,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2112
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4582,31 +4607,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2146
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2136
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2139
+#: release-manual.xml:2151
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -4617,31 +4642,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2155
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink "
"url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page "
@@ -4649,12 +4674,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2168
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2159
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -4662,26 +4687,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
"access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2180
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4689,12 +4714,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4702,7 +4727,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4717,14 +4742,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2208
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2223
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
@@ -4732,22 +4757,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2239
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4756,7 +4781,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4767,12 +4792,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2268
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2270
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4780,7 +4805,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4788,12 +4813,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2267
+#: release-manual.xml:2279
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> "
@@ -4801,7 +4826,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2284
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -4810,7 +4835,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2275
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink "
@@ -4819,12 +4844,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2293
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4833,19 +4858,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple "
"webbrowser. Just go to <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ "
"</ulink> and you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to "
"edit the pages, you need to <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> "
"first."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2301
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4853,34 +4878,23 @@ msgid ""
"this book. Please consider to help the translation effort of this book!"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
-msgid ""
-"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
-"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
-"wiki.skolelinux.no because the version of <ulink "
-"url='http://www.moinmoin.org'>moinmoin </ulink> on wiki.debian.org does not "
-"support exporting the wiki as <computeroutput>docbook "
-"</computeroutput>. Once it is upgraded, we will move this document over."
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2306
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2310
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2321
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -4888,7 +4902,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2325
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -4896,12 +4910,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
@@ -4909,7 +4923,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
@@ -4918,17 +4932,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2344
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2350
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2353
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
@@ -4936,24 +4950,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2356
+#: release-manual.xml:2357
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2360
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2367
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
@@ -4961,24 +4975,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2376
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2388
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
@@ -4986,21 +5000,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
-"Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguezis "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+"Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguez released "
+"under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
@@ -5009,26 +5023,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2406
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007, 2008 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert, Jürgen Leibner, Ludger "
@@ -5036,31 +5050,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
+msgid "FIXME: update for 2008"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2420
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read "
@@ -5070,7 +5089,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2432
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5081,7 +5100,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2436
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5090,7 +5109,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co "
"svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
@@ -5098,7 +5117,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2442
+#: release-manual.xml:2445
msgid ""
"Then edit the "
"<computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po "
@@ -5108,26 +5127,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2446
+#: release-manual.xml:2449
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5135,23 +5154,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2458
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink "
"url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
@@ -5160,7 +5179,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2476
+#: release-manual.xml:2479
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5169,7 +5188,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5178,7 +5197,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5186,17 +5205,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2485
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2490
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2489
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5205,12 +5224,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2496
+#: release-manual.xml:2499
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5224,7 +5243,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2502
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5235,7 +5254,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5247,14 +5266,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2506
+#: release-manual.xml:2509
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5263,7 +5282,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2512
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5271,7 +5290,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2512
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5280,7 +5299,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5295,7 +5314,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5309,7 +5328,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2522
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5318,7 +5337,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5327,7 +5346,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5336,7 +5355,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2532
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5345,7 +5364,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2532
+#: release-manual.xml:2535
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5356,7 +5375,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2535
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5366,7 +5385,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2543
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5380,7 +5399,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2545
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5390,7 +5409,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5402,7 +5421,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2550
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5415,7 +5434,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2550
+#: release-manual.xml:2553
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5427,7 +5446,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2553
+#: release-manual.xml:2556
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5444,7 +5463,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2556
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5452,7 +5471,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5466,14 +5485,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2560
+#: release-manual.xml:2563
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5485,7 +5504,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5494,7 +5513,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2571
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5506,7 +5525,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2573
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5519,12 +5538,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2573
+#: release-manual.xml:2576
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2579
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5538,7 +5557,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2582
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5552,42 +5571,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2585
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2591
+#: release-manual.xml:2594
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2596
+#: release-manual.xml:2599
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2601
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2603
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2605
+#: release-manual.xml:2608
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using "
"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where "
@@ -5600,122 +5619,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2614
+#: release-manual.xml:2617
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2618
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2623
+#: release-manual.xml:2626
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2626
+#: release-manual.xml:2629
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2629 release-manual.xml:2639
+#: release-manual.xml:2632 release-manual.xml:2642
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2636
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2636
+#: release-manual.xml:2639
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2643
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2649
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2649
+#: release-manual.xml:2652
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2662
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2663
+#: release-manual.xml:2666
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2666
+#: release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2669
+#: release-manual.xml:2672
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2676
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2679
+#: release-manual.xml:2682
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2689
+#: release-manual.xml:2692
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2696
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the "
@@ -5725,32 +5744,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2702
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2709
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2716
+#: release-manual.xml:2719
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2721
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index 85c4f50..3b3be85 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-01</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput>.
</para>
-<para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
+<para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
</para>
<para><link linkend="Translations">Translations</link> are part of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
<title>Where to find more information
</title>
<para>We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian etch
-</ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it should just work <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+</ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. If you just want to give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, you don't have to though, it should just work <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:-)
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@
<title>Request a CD/DVD by mail
</title>
<para>For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink url='mailto:cd at skolelinux.no'>cd at skolelinux.no
-</ulink> and we will discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+</ulink> and we will discuss the payment details (for shipping and media) <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
</listitem><listitem>say yes to partman
</listitem><listitem>
<para>please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux.org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/
-</ulink> - though you dont have to <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+</ulink> - though you dont have to <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -572,6 +572,18 @@ deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local
]]>
</screen>
</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Custom CD/DVDs
+</title>
+<para>Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer
+</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed
+</ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the questions normally asked.
+</para>
+<para>So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD
+</ulink>.
+</para>
+</section>
</section>
<section>
@@ -905,7 +917,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -938,7 +950,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
}
]]>
</screen>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -974,7 +986,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
</computeroutput> functionality is used only for NFS. The homedirs are exported by the main-server to be mounted by the workstations and the ltsp-servers. Because of security reasons only hosts within the workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts <computeroutput>NetGroups
</computeroutput> can mount the exported NFS shares. So it is rather important to remember to configure this kinds of machines properly in the ldap tree using lwat and configuring them to use the static IPs from ldap.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -1070,7 +1082,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
<para><computeroutput>/root/.svk
</computeroutput> will also be backed up if you install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -1455,7 +1467,7 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf
]]>
</screen>
-<para>If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+<para>If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:-)
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -1687,7 +1699,7 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
</title>
<para>If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages (as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients server. To do it, login as root in the server:
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -1794,7 +1806,7 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
</computeroutput>. Another is by providing <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts
</computeroutput> as a script printing one or more servers to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -1819,14 +1831,14 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
</title>
<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning
</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -1836,33 +1848,33 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:
</para>
<para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX
+</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX
]]>
</screen>
<para>If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:
</para>
<para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query 192.168.0.254
+</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query 192.168.0.254
]]>
</screen>
<para>The goal is to let your "real" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration).
</para>
<para>If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess
-</para><screen><![CDATA[ * # any host can get a login window
+</para><screen><![CDATA[ * # any host can get a login window
]]>
</screen>
-<para>The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+<para>The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:)
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
<para>Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:
-</para><screen><![CDATA[ sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true
+</para><screen><![CDATA[ sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true
]]>
</screen>
<para>At the end please restart kdm by running:
-</para><screen><![CDATA[ sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart
+</para><screen><![CDATA[ sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart
]]>
</screen>
<para>(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)
@@ -2159,7 +2171,7 @@ logon home = ""
</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install italc-client italc-master
]]>
</screen>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -2173,7 +2185,7 @@ logon home = ""
</title>
<para>Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -2188,7 +2200,7 @@ logon home = ""
<para><computeroutput>swi-prolog
</computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch system.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -2206,7 +2218,7 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
]]>
</screen>
<para><computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc
-</computeroutput> is part of etch <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+</computeroutput> is part of etch <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:-)
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -2241,7 +2253,7 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para>There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution. <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+<para>There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution. <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:-)
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -2282,23 +2294,12 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</title>
<para>This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider sharing your knowledge with us.
</para>
-<para>The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/
-</ulink> and you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/UserPreferences'>create a wiki user
+<para>The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/
+</ulink> and you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a wiki user
</ulink> first.
</para>
-<para><superscript><link linkend='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' endterm='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1
-</link>
-</superscript>
-</para>
<para>Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can be found in the <link linkend="Translations">translation chapter</link> of this book. Please consider to help the translation effort of this book!
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para><link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1
-</link> We use wiki.skolelinux.no because the version of <ulink url='http://www.moinmoin.org'>moinmoin
-</ulink> on wiki.debian.org does not support exporting the wiki as <computeroutput>docbook
-</computeroutput>. Once it is upgraded, we will move this document over.
</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
</section>
</section>
@@ -2321,7 +2322,7 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</ulink> - support mailing list
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='/wiki/greenmist/img/smile.png' depth='15'/>
+<para>#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/smile.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>:-)
</phrase>
</textobject>
@@ -2394,7 +2395,7 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
<section id="CopyRight">
<title>Copyright and authors
</title>
-<para>This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguezis released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!
+<para>This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguez released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!
</para>
<para>If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions
</emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later version.
@@ -2412,6 +2413,8 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</para>
<para>The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
+<para>FIXME: update for 2008
+</para>
</section>
<section id="Translations">
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list